GROUPS_COMMUNITY

אִישׁ2166 n.m. man (= vir) (MI, SI, Ph. אש, perh. also Sab. אסם cf. Prät l.c., but DHMZMG 1883, 330)—א׳ abs. Gn 2:23 +; cstr. Gn 25:27 +; sf. אִישִׁי Gn 29:32 +, etc.; pl. אִישִׁים ψ 141:4 + 2 textual (Ph. אשם); usually אֲנָשִׁים Gn 12:20 +, fr. √ אנשׁ q.v.; cstr. אַנְשֵׁי Ju 6:27 +; sf. אֲנָשַׁי 1 S 23:12 etc.;—man, opp. woman Gn 2:23, 24 Lv 20:27 Nu 5:6 Dt 17:2f Jos 6:21; 8:25 Je 40:7, emph. on sexual distinction & relation Gn 19:8; 24:16; 38:25 Ex 22:15 Lv 15:16 (שִׁכְבַת זָ֑רַע) v 18 (וְאִשָּׁה אֲשֶׁר יִשְׁכַּב אִישׁ אֹתָהּ שׁ׳־ז׳) 20:10f Nu 5:13f Dt 22:22f Is 4:1 +; thence = husband, especially c. sf. Gn 3:6, 16; 16:3; 29:32, 34 Lv 21:7 Nu 30:7f Dt 28:56 Ju 13:6f Ru 1:3f 1 S 25:19 Je 29:6 Ez 16:45 +; fig. of י׳ as husb. of Isr. אִישִׁי Ho 2:18 (opp. בַּעְלִי); man as procreator, father Ec 6:3; of male child Gn 4:1 cf. זֶרַע אֲנָשִׁים 1 S 1:11, man, opp. beast Ex 11:7 Lv 20:15 (cf. אָדָם); cf. fig. ψ 22:7 but also of male of animals Gn 7:2(×2) (אִישׁ וְאִשְׁתּוֹ); man, opp. God Gn 32:29 Nu 23:19 לֹא אִישׁ אֵל וִיכַזֵּב (‖ וּבֶן־אָדָם וְיִתְנֶחָ֑ם); Jb 9:32; 32:13 Ho 11:9 cf. Is 31:8 Jb 12:10 (רוּחַ כָּל־בְּשַׂר־אִישׁ); hence in phrases to denote ordinary, customary, common שֵׁבֶט אֲנָשִׁים 2 S 7:14 (‖ נִגְעֵי בְּנֵי אָדָם); לֶחֶם אֲנָשִׁים Ez 24:17, 22 (cf. Is 8:1); אֲנָשִׁים Ez 24:17, 22 is textual error; We (ap. Sm) אֲנֻשִׁים; ToyHpt אוֹנִים (Ho 9:4). אַמַּת־אִישׁ Dt 3:11; but also contr. אָדָם ψ 49:3; 62:10; man, as valiant 1 S 4:9(×2) (וִהְיוּ לַאֲנָשִׁים) so 1 K 2:2 cf. 1 S 26:15; so אִישׁ חַיִל 31:12 2 S 24:9 1 K 1:42 +; also אִישׁ מִלְחָמָה Nu 31:49 Dt 2:14, 16 Jos 5:4, 6 +; even of י׳ Ex 15:3 יהוה אִישׁ מִלְחָמָה; oft. prefixed to other nouns in app. הא׳ אָדוֹן Gn 42:30, 33, א׳ שַׂר וְשֹׁפֵט Ex 2:14, א׳ כֹּהֵן Lv 21:9, א׳ סָרִיס Je 38:7; partic. bef. adj. gent. אִישׁ מִצְרִי Gn 39:1 Ex 2:11, 19 cf. Gn 37:28; 38:1, 2; 39:14 1 S 17:12; 30:11, 13 +; a man as resident in, or belonging to a place or people Nu 25:6 Ju 10:1 + (so Ph.); usually pl. אַנְשֵׁי יִשְׂרָאֵל 1 S 7:11; 31:7(×2) cf. Jos 7:4, 5 +; also sg. coll. Dt 27:14 Jos 9:6, 7 Ju 20:11 1 S 11:8 (v. Dr) +; 2 S 10:6, 8 (א׳ טוֹב); (so MI 10. 13); men = retainers, followers, soldiers 1 S 18:27; 23:3f; 24:3; 25:13 + cf. Dt 33:8 sg. coll. v. Di; אִישׁ אֱלֹהִים man of God = proph. Dt 33:1 Jos 14:6 1 S 9:6f 1 K 12:22; 13:1f + (v. אלהים); in phrase sq. abstr. v. supr.; א׳ רִיב Ju 12:2 Je 15:10, א׳ שֵׂיבָה Dt 32:25, א׳ הַדָּמִים 2 S 16:7 cf. v. 8, א׳ הַבְּלִיַּעַל 2 S 16:7, א׳ מָוֶת 1 K 2:26, א׳ חָמָס ψ 140:12 Pr 3:31 +; sq. word of occupation, etc. א׳ שָׂדֶה Gn 25:27, א׳ הָאֲדָמָה Gn 9:20 (cf. Zc 13:5), א׳ הַבֵּנַיִם champion 1 S 17:4 (cf. Dr) v 23, א׳ בְּשֹׂרָה 2 S 18:20, אִישׁ עֲצָתוֹ his counsellor Is 40:13, cf. אִישׁ חֶרְמִי 1 K 20:42, א׳ רֵעִים Pr 18:24; oft. distrib. = each, every Gn 9:5; 10:5; 40:5(×2) Ex 12:3 +; incl. women Jb 42:11 1 Ch 16:3 וַיְחַלֵּק לְכָל־אִישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵל מֵאִישׁ וְעַד אִשָּׁה לְאִישׁ כִּכַּר־לֶחֶם; of inanim. things 1 K 7:30, 36; also אִישׁ אִישׁ Ex 36:4 Nu 4:19, 49 Ez 14:4, 7 +; any one Ex 34:3(×2), 24 +; also אִישׁ אִישׁ Lv 15:2; 22:4, 18 +; of gods 2 K 18:33 = Is 36:18; one … another וְהִרְגוּ אִישׁ־אֶת־אָחִיו וְאִישׁ אֶת־רֵעֵהוּ וְאִישׁ אֶת־קְרֹבוֹ Ex 32:27, אִישׁ … אָחִיו Dt 1:16 Mi 7:2 (v. אָח), אִישׁ … רֵעֵהוּ Gn 11:3, 7 + (v. רֵעַ) of inanimate things Gn 15:10.

I. עַם, עָם n.m. Gn 11:6 (v. infr.) people (NH id., plebeian, common man; 𝔗 עַמָּא people, pl. peoples, tribes, etc.; Syriac ܥܰܡܳܐ; Arabic عَمٌّ v. supr.; orig. meaning prob. those united, connected, related, cf. WeGGN 1893, 480);—abs. עַם Gn 11:6 +, עַם Ju 9:36 +, הָעָם Jos 8:11 +; cstr. עַם Nu 21:29 +; sf. עַמִּי Ex 3:7 +, עַמְּךָ 22:27 +, etc.; pl. עַמִּים Is 2:3 +, עֲמָמִים (cf. Biblical Aramaic) Ne 9:22; cstr. עַמֵּי 1 K 8:43 +, עַמְמֵי Ne 9:24; pl. c. sf. v. ii. עַם³" dir="rtl" >עַם;—(Thes cites foll. as f. וְחָטָאת עַמֶּ֑ךָ Ex 5:16 [but corrupt and unintellig.; read perhaps וְחַטָאתָ לְע׳, so 𝔊 𝔖 Di]; Ju 18:7 [but ישֶׁבֶת must agree with lost word city, or the like, v. GFM]; Je 8:5 [but read שׁוֹבַב for שׁוֹבְבָה Gie]);— 1. a people, nation (sometimes ‖ גּוֹי), n. coll. (sg. Ex 21:8 Jos 17:14, 15, 17; 2 S 17:29 + often, or pl. Ex 20:15; 24:2; Je 5:31 + often, or both in same clause Ex 1:20; 2 S 13:24): עַם אֶחָד = all mankind Gn 11:6 (J); peoples in gen. 27:29 (J; ‖ לְאֻמִּים), Ex 19:5 (E), Dt 2:25; 4:6 + often Dt, Ne 13:24 + often; קְהַל עַמִּים Gn 28:3 (P) an assembly (multitude) of peoples, 48:4 (P), Ez 23:24; 32:3 (+ דַבִּים); one’s own people Je 46:16 ψ 45:11; Ru 1:10, 15, 16(×2) + (on עַמִּי נָדִיב Ct 6:12 v. especially Bu); particular peoples, Egypt Gn 41:40 (E), Ex 1:22 (E), Ne 9:10 +; עַם־אֲרָם Am 1:5; עַם־כְּמוֹשׁ (i.e. Moab) Nu 21:29 (JE), Je 48:46; but especially Isr. Ex 1:20 (E) + often; עַם־בְּנֵי יִשׂ׳ v 9 (J); called ע׳ יהוה Nu 11:29 (E), 1 S 2:24 +, and (by י׳) עַמִּי Ex 3:7; 5:1 (J) + often (all periods); קְהַל עַם־הָאֱלֹהִים Ju 20:2, עַם־הַקָּהָל Lv 16:33 (P), קְהַל עָם ψ 107:32; especially הָעָם הַזֶּה (often in contempt or disgust) Nu 11:1, 12, 13 +; fig. of ants Pr 30:25, the shaphan v 26, locusts Jo 2:2, cf. לְעַם לְצִיִּים ψ 74:14 (where read לְעַם צִיִּים Hup-Now).—On Ju 1:16 v. עֲמָלֵקִי" dir="rtl" >עֲמָלֵקִי. 2. = smaller units, e.g. a. inhab. of a city Gn 19:4 (J), 1 S 9:12, 13; Je 29:16, 25; 2 Ch 31:4 + (Je 8:5 del. יְרוּשׁ׳ 𝔊 Gie Co Rothst). b. inhab. of a locality Je 37:12 [appar. not = tribe, Dt 33:3 read עַמּוֹ 𝔊 Di Dr, Ho 10:14; Ju 5:8, 14 read בְּעָרֶיךָ We Now; v. sub d]. c. retainers, followers Gn 14:16; 32:8; 33:15; 35:6; Ju 3:18; 8:5; 2 S 15:17; Je 41:13, 14 +. d. people bearing arms 1 S 11:11; 1 K 20:10 +; ע׳ כָּבֵד Nu 20:20 (JE), i.e. a powerful force; עַם הַצָּבָא Nu 31:32 (P), ע׳ הַמִּלְחָמָה Jos 8:1, 3, 11; 10:7; 11:7 (all JE); so prob. Ju 5:8 a (fighting) band; perhaps also v 14 (read sg.? v. GFM Bu). 3. = common people Je 21:7; 22:4, Lv 4:27 (opp. ruler v 22), Ne 5:1 (opp. יְהוּדִים), 7:5 (opp. rulers). 4. people in gen., persons Gn 50:20 (E), so appar. כָּל־הָעָם אֲשֵׁר וגו׳ Ex 33:16 (J), Nu 11:34 (J), Jos 5:5(×2) (D), Ju 9:36 (as sg.), v 37 (as pl.), Je 36:9; persons labouring 1 K 9:23; superior persons Jb 12:2 (iron.); עַם עוֹלָם Ez 26:20 people of long ago (now in Sheʾôl). 5. phrases are: a. (עַמָּהּ, עַמִּי, עַמְּךָ) כְּנֵי עַמּוֹ members of one’s people, compatriots, fellow-countrymen, etc. Nu 22:5 (E), Gn 23:11 (P) Lv 19:18 (H), Ju 14:16, 17; Ez 33:2, 12 +. b. בְּנֵי הָעָם = common people (v. 3) 2 K 23:6; Je 26:23 +; people in gen. שַׁעַר בְּנֵי הָעָם Je 17:19 i.e. public gate 2 Ch 35:5, 12. c. עַם הָאָרֶץ the people at large, as a body 2 K 11:14, 18, 19, 20; 15:5; 16:15; 21:24(×2) +, Je 37:2; 44:21 Lv 20:2 (H), Gn 23:7, 12, 13 (P); common people Je 34:19, cf. דַּלַּת ע׳ הא׳ 2 K 24:14; disting. from prince Ez 45:22; 46:3, 9, from priests Hg 2:4 Zc 7:5; = Canaanites Nu 14:9 (JE), cf. עַמֵּי הָאָרֶץ 1 Ch 5:25; mixed post-exil. population Ezr 4:4. d. עַמֵּי הָאָרֶץ usually peoples of the earth Jos 4:24 (D), 2 Ch 32:19 +; of heathen peoples about and in Pal. after exile Ezr 10:2, 11; traders Ne 10:31; עַמֵּי הָאֲרָצוֹת 9:30; 10:29; 2 Ch 32:13. e. מִשְׁפְּחוֹת עַמִּים ψ 96:7 = 1 Ch 16:28 (cf. ψ 22:23). f. בַּת־עַמִּי = people personif. Is 22:4; Je 4:11 + 7 times Je + 6:14 (van d. H.; om. בַּת Baer Gi), La 2:11; 3:48; 4:3, 6, 10; בְּתוּלַת בַּת־עַמִּי Je 14:17. g. designations of Isr. are: עַם־קָדוֹשׁ Dt 7:6 + 3 times, ע׳ קְדוֹשִׁים Dn 8:24, ע׳ (ה)קֹדֶשׁ Is 62:12; 63:18; Dn 12:7; ע׳ סְגֻלָּה Dt 7:6; 14:2; 26:18. h. of foreign (non-Isr.) peoples: ע׳ נָכְרִי Ex 21:8 (E), ע׳ אַחֵר Dt 28:32, and especially from language, ע׳ עִמְקֵי שָׂפָה Ez 3:5 cf. v 6, כִּלְשׁוֹן עַם וָעָם Ne 13:24 cf. Est 1:22(×2); 3:12, ע׳ לֹעֵג ψ 114:1. i. עַם עֶבְרָתִי Is 10:6, ע׳ חֶרְמִי 34:11, ע׳־מִבְחָרָיו Dn 11:15, עַמֵּי תּוֹעֵבוֹת הָאֵלָּה Ezr 9:14; לֹא עַם בִּינוֹת Is 27:11.—For עַם־עוֹלָם Is 44:7 read (אֹתִיּוֹת) מֵעוֹלָם (מִי הִשְׁמִי)עַ Oort Du Kit CheHpt cf. PerlesAnal. 40, 64.

עִם prep. with (Aramaic עִם, ܥܰܡ, Sab. עם DHMEpigr. Denkm. 12 HomChrest. 51; cf. Arabic مَعَ, مَعْ (but v. PrätBAS. i. 26)), sf. עִמִּי46 and עִמָּדִי45 (prob. akin to Arabic عِنْدٌ side, عِنْدَ beside: cf. √ ענד), without difference of meaning (עמי in Pent. Gn 31:31; 39:7, 12, 14; Ex 33:12 Lv 26:21, 23, 27, 40 [H] Nu 22:19; Jos-K. 13 times; ψ 42:9; 86:17; Jb 10:17; Ru 1:11; Est 7:8; in Dn 7 times, Ezr Ne Ch 11 times: עמדי in Pent. Gn [JE] 14 times, Ex 17:2; Lv 25:23; Dt 5:28; 32:34, 39; Ju S 7 times; ψ 23:4; 50:11; 50:19; 101:6; Jb 14 times, Ru 1:8); עִמְּךָ, †עִמְּכָה 1 S 1:26, עִמָּ֑ךְ; עִמּוֹ, עִמָּהּ; עִמָּ֫נוּ; עִמָּכֶם; עִמָּם27 (Gn 18:16, etc.: Gn-K 20 times; Ne 13:25; not Ezr Ch), and עִמָּהֶם23 (chiefly late: Nu 22:12; Dt 29:16 (v 24 עמם), Jon 1:3; Jb 1:4, and 19 times Ne Ezr Ch): 1. of fellowship and companionship (Lat. cum), as Gn 13:1 ולוט עמו and Lot with him, 18:16; 19:30; 24:54 הוא והאנשׁים אשׁר עמו, וכל ישׂראל עמו Jos 7:24 al.; + often Peculiar to Ch Ezr are clauses introd. by ועמהם … 1 Ch 12:34; 13:2; 15:18 +, Ezr 8:13, 14 (Aramaic 5:2) +; so ועמו … 1 Ch 12:28; 2 Ch 17:14–18; 26:17; Ezr 8:3–12, 33. Coupling substantives, together with, chiefly in poetry: Dt 12:23 לא תאכל הנפשׁ עם הבשׂר, Jos 11:21; Ju 16:3; Ec 7:11; 2 S 1:24 שָׁנִי עִם עֲדָנִים, Dt 32:14 עִם חֵלֶב כרים, v 14, 24, 25 Am 4:10; Is 25:11; 34:7; Je 6:11; 51:40; Na 3:12 ψ 66:15 אעשׂה בקר עם עתודים, 81:3; 83:8; 87:4; 89:14; 104:25 +, Ct 1:11; 4:13(×2) כפרים עם נרדים, v 14(×2); 5:1(×3). Unusually, Est 9:25 אמר עם הספר he ordered in conjunction with writing, in a written order. Poet. or late uses: ψ 42:9 ובלילה שִׁירֹה עמי, ψ 89:22 אשׁר יָדִי תִּכּוֹן עמו, v 25; in Jb of the companionship of sufferings or prosperity, 6:4 חִצֵּי שַׁדַּי עמדי, 17:2 אם לא הֲתֻלִים עמדי, 29:6 וְצוּר יָצוּק עמדי פלגי שׁמן, v 20 כבודי חָדָשׁ עמדי, 2 Ch 14:5 ואין עמו מלחמה, 16:9 ישׁ עמך מלחמות, 28:10 עִמָּכֶם אֲשָׁמוֹת. Hence, in partic. a. of aid, Ex 23:5 Dt 22:4; 1 Ch 12:19; especially of God, Gn 21:22 אלהים עמך, 26:3 ואהיה עמך, v 33; 31:3, 5; Ex 3:12; Jos 1:5; Is 8:10 כ׳ עמנו אל ψ 23:4; 46:8, 12; Jb 29:5 + often (cf. אֵת, Gn 39:2, 3, 21, 23; Is 43:5 +): so הִתְחַזַּק עם 1 Ch 11:10; 2 Ch 16:9; Dn 10:21, עָזַר עם 1 Ch 12:21, כי גם ידם עם דוד 1 S 22:17; 2 S 3:12; 1 Ch 4:10 (cf. Ex 23:1, and II. אֵת 1 a) With the help of (= Gk. σύν), 1 S 14:45 כי עם אלהים עשׂה היום הזה, Dn 11:39 (rare). b. Of actions done jointly with another, as ירשׁ עם inherit with, Gn 21:10, כרת ברית עם 26:28 + often, עם (חִלֵּק) חָלַק to share with Jos 22:8; Is 53:12 +; cf. Dt 10:9 חֵלֶק וְנַחֲלָה עִם אֶחָיו, 18:1. c. If the common action be of the nature of a contest or combat, עִם is with in the sense of against: so often with נִלְחַם to fight, נִשְׁפַּט to dispute, נֶאֱבַק to wrestle, רִיב to strive (see these verbs), Gn 26:20; 30:8; 32:29; בּא בְּמִשְׁפָּט עם to enter into judgment with Is 3:14 +, Jb 14:3 (הֵבִיא), רִיב לי׳ עִם Hos 4:1 +; hence, without a verb expressing the idea explicitly, ψ 94:16 מי יקום לי עִם מְרֵעִים in the struggle with evil-doers? v b 55:19 כי בְרַבִּים היו עמדי for as many are they in combat with me, Jb 9:14 אָבְחֲרָה דְבָרַי עמו in the contest with him, 10:17b; 16:21; perhaps צָדַק עִם 9:2; 25:4 (cf. 4 b end). d. Of dealing with a person, or of the relation in which one stands with, or towards, another: as עשׂה חסד עם to do kindness with Gn 24:12 + often (in 1 pers. observe that in this phr. עמדי, not עמי, is regul. used, Gn 19:19; 20:13; 40:14; 1 S 20:14; 2 S 10:2 [‖ 1 Ch 19:2 עמי: here only], al.), עשׂה טוב עם Gn 26:29 +, v. also 20:9; 31:29; Dt 33:21; Ju 15:3; Jb 10:12; 13:20; 42:8 ψ 86:17 (cf. אִתְּכֶם Dt 1:30; 10:21; and Aramaic Dn 3:32), 119:124; 126:2 (1 S 12:24), Jb 33:29; הֵיטִיב עם Gn 32:10, 13 +, הֵרַע עִם 31:7; רָצָה עם be well pleased with ψ 50:18; Jb 34:9; דִּבֶּר עם to speak with (subj. usually God) Ex 19:9 + (v. דִּבֶּר 3 e), hence דָּבָר עִם Ju 18:7, 28; 2 S 3:17; 1 K 1:7; Jb 15:11 דָּבָר לָאַט עמך a word (spoken) gently with thee, cf. 11:5 ויפתח שׂפתיו עמך; יֵאָמֵן עם 2 Ch 1:9: and with adjj. תמים עם perfect with (i.e. toward) Dt 18:13 ψ 18:24, שָׁלֵם עם 1 K 8:61 +; cf. וְלִבָּם לֹא נָכוֹן עִמּוֹ ψ 78:37; 2 S 21:4; 23:5; 1 K 3:6 (עמך), Mi 6:8 הַצְנֵעַ לֶכֶת עִם אֱלֹהָיו, ψ 73:22 toward thee, 1 Ch 19:6; Hos 12:1 (?); also הָלַךְ קְרִי עִם Lv 26:21 ff. (7 times), מַמְרִים הֱיִיתֶם עם Dt 9:7, 24; 31:27; 2 Ch 16:10; 26:19 ψ 85:5; Jb 10:17 a. e. Of a common lot, Gn 18:23 האף תספה צדיק עם רשׁע together with the wicked, v 25 Jb 3:14, 15; Is 38:11 ψ 26:9 אל תאסף עם חטּאים נפשׁי, v b; 28:3(×2), 69:29; Jb 30:1; 1 Ch 24:5; hence like, ψ 73:5 ועם אדם לא יְנֻגָּ֑עוּ with (i.e. like) men (in general), 106:6 חטאנו עם אבותינו, Ec 2:16 ואיך ימות הֶחָכָם עם הכסיל i.e. like the fool. f. Of equality or resemblance generally (poet.), Jb 9:26 חָֽלְפוּ עִם אֳנִיּוֹת אֵבֶה they pass by with, i.e. as swiftly as, skiffs of reed, 37:18 תרקיע עמו שׁחקים i.e. like him, 40:15 אשׁר עשׂיתי עמך; so נִמְשַׁל עִם ψ 28:1; 143:7, נֶחְשַׁב עִם 88:5, cf. Ec 7:11. †g. Of time, = as long as, ψ 72:5 יִירָאוּךָ עם שׁמשׁ as long as the sun endureth (cf. Aramaic Dn 3:33; 4:31; also Ovid. Am. i. 15, 16 cum sole et luna semper Aratus erit); at the time of (?) 2 Ch 21:19 (but read perhaps מֵחָלְיוֹ); and c. inf. (late), Ezr 1:11 עִם הֵעָלוֹת הַגּוֹלָה (cf. ἅμα τῷ sq. inf. Ju 3:21; 9:33; also עִם Ecclus 40:14). 2. Of a locality, close to, beside: †Gn 25:11 וישׁב יצחק עם באר לחי ראי beside the well of, etc., 35:4 תַּחַת הָאֵלָה אשׁר עם שׁכם (so, after אשׁר, Jos 7:2; Ju 9:6; 18:22 2 S 13:23), Jos 19:46 (?), Ju 18:3 הֵמָּה עִם בֵּית מִיכָה (so 19:11; 2 S 20:8), 1 S 10:2; 2 S 6:7 וַיָּ֫מָת שָׁם עִם אֲרוֹן הא׳, 19:38; 24:16; 1 K 1:9; 1 Ch 13:14 by the house of O., in its own house (v. Be), 21:15 (2 S 24:16), 26:16 (cf. אֵת 2). By a person, Dt 5:28 וְאַתָּה עֲמֹד פֹּח עמדי by me, 1 S 1:26 הַנִּצֶּבֶת עִמְּכָה +; of one living near another, Ex 22:24; Lv 25:35, 36, 39, 47. 3. Of persons, עִם is spec. a. in the house or family or service of (apud, chez): Gn 23:4 גֵּר וְתוֹשָׁב עמך (fig. of י׳ Lv 25:23 ψ 39:13), 27:44; 29:14 וַיֵּשֶׁב עִמּוֹ, v 25 עבדתי עמך I have served with thee (so v 30, cf. Dt 15:16), 31:38; Lv 25:6, 40(×2), 50, 53; Dt 22:2; 23:17; Ju 17:10; 2 S 19:34; 1 K 11:22; cf. 1 S 2:21 עם י׳ i.e. at his sanctuary. b. In the possession of (Lat. penes): Gn 24:25 straw, etc., is עִמָּנוּ, 31:32 Dt 17:19 והיתה עמו with him, at his side, 29:16; Jb 28:14 וְיָם אָמַר אֵין עִמָּדִי; = stored up with, Dt 32:34 כָּמֻם עִמָּדִי, Jb 27:13 (but read here prob. מֵאֵל; cf. 20:29); of ethical or mental attributes, 1 S 25:25 וּנְבָלָה עִמּוֹ, Jb 12:13 עִמּוֹ חָכְמָה וּגְבוּרָה, v 16; 25:2 ψ 130:7; 2 Ch 19:3, 7. cf. fig. ψ 36:10 כי עמך מְקוֹר חַיִּים. c. In the custody or care of, 1 S 9:23 שִׂים אֹתָהּ עִמָּ֑ךְ; 22:23 כִּי מִשְׁמֶרֶת אַתָּה עִמָּדִי: cf. Jb 17:3 עָרְבֵנִי עִמָּ֑ךְ be surety for me with thyself. d. Beside = except, Dt 32:39 אֵין אלהים עִמָּדִי, ψ 73:25 ועמך לא חפצתי בארץ and beside thee I delight not (in aught that is) upon earth (al. in comparison of thee, 1 f), 2 Ch 14:10 וְאֵין עִמְּךָ לַעֲזֹר there is none beside thee to help, 20:6; perhaps Hos 9:8 (Hi Ke; but very dub., v. Comm.). cf. אֵת 1 b. e. With = friendly with, Gn 31:2 כי איננו עמי (syn. v 5 אֶל towards), 2 K 10:15 לְבָבִי עִם לְבָֽבְךָ, Pr 23:7 וְלִבּוֹ בַל עִמָּ֑ךְ. 4. Idiom. of a thought or purpose present with one:— †a. עִם לְבַב פ׳, especially in Dt. and the later Deut. style, Dt 8:5 וְיָדַעְתָּ עִם לְבָבְךָ thou shalt know with thy heart, 15:9 פן יהיה דבר עם לבבך בליעל a wicked thought with thy heart, Jos 14:7 I brought back word כאשׁר עם לבבי; היה עם לְבַב פ׳, especially of a purpose, 1 K 8:17 ויהי עם לבב דוד לִבְנוֹת וגו׳ i.e. it was David’s purpose to build, etc., v 18(×2); 1 K 10:2 (= 2 Ch 6:7, 8(×2); 9:1), 1 Ch 22:7; 28:2 (both based on 1 K 8:17, etc.), 2 Ch 1:11; 24:4; 29:10; rather differently, to muse or talk with one’s heart, ψ 77:7; Ec 1:16. †b. עִם alone, = in one’s consciousness, whether of knowledge or memory or purpose (cf. אֵת 3 b; عِنْدَ WAG ii. § 66): Nu 14:24 עֵקֶב הָֽיְתָה רוּחַ אַחֶרֶת עִמּוֹ i.e. operating in his mind, 1 K 11:11 יען אשׁר היתה זאת עמך, 1 Ch 28:12 the pattern of all אשׁר היה בָרוּחַ עמו that was in spirit (i.e. mentally) with him, ψ 50:11 וְזִיז שָׂדַי עִמָּדִי is with me (i.e. is known to me; ‖ ידעתי), prob. also 73:23; 139:18 (= in thy thought and care); Jb 9:35 לא כן אנכי עמדי not so am I with myself (my consciousness—or conscience—does not tell me that I need dread him), 10:13 ידעתי כי זאת עמך i.e. that this was thy purpose (‖ אֵלֶּה צָפַנְתָּ בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ), 15:9 ולא עמנו הוא and is not with us (= in our knowledge; ‖ וְלֹא נֵדָ֑ע), 23:10 כי ידע דרך עמדי the way of which I am conscious (De; Ew Di the way attending me, my usual way), v 14 וְכָהֵנָּה רַבּוֹת עמו i.e. he has many such purposes, 27:11 אֲשֶׁר עִם שַׁדָּי לֹא אֲכַחֵד i.e. his purposes or principles of action. Also sometimes in the judgment or estimation of, 1 S 2:26 טוֹב עִם, 2 S 6:22 נִכְבַּד עִם, perhaps צָדַק עִם Jb 9:2; 25:4 (Ges Bu; but Ew as 1 c, Hi De beside, in comparison of). †5. Metaph. together with = in spite of, notwithstanding Ne 5:18 וְעִם זֶה (cf. مَعَ WAG ii. § 57; in Heb. בְּ is the more usual syn.).—In 1 S 16:12 אַדְמֹנִי עִם יְפֵה עֵינַיִם (cf. 17:42 עִם יְפֵה מַרְאֶה), if text correct, יפה must be a neuter subst., with beauty of eyes; but read prob. (Gr Bu) עֶלֶם a youth (17:56; 20:22) for עם (v. HPS; Che Expos. Times x. 521 אַדְמֹנִי עֶצֶם, cf. La 4:7).

II. אֵת prep. with—with makk. אֶת־, with suff. אִתִּי, אִתְּךָ, אִתְּכֶם etc., also, however, אֽוֹתְךָ, אוֹתוֹ, and similarly מֵאֽוֹתְךָ, מֵאוֹתוֹ etc., first in Jos 10:25; 14:12, next 2 S 24:24; then repeatedly (but not exclusively) 1 K 20–2 K 8, & in Je Ez, e.g. 1 K 20:25 (but v 23 אִתָּם) 22:7, 8, 24 (beside מֵאתִּי) 2 K 1:15; 3:11, 12, 26; 6:16 (beside אִתָּנוּ) 8:8; Je 2:35; 10:5; 16:8; 19:10; 20:11; Ez 2:6; 10:17; 23:23; 37:26 (v. infr. 1 d.; also Is 59:21, contr. Gn 17:4: on שָׁכַב אֹתָהּ, Gn 34:2 al., v. sub שָׁכֵב & cf. DrSm ii. 13, 14)—prep. denoting proximity (syn. עִם; Ph. את, e.g. CIS i. 3, 8 לא יכן לם משכב את רפאם let there not be for them a resting-place with the shades; Assyrian itti (perhaps akin to ittu ‘side,’ DlPr 115 Hpt KAT2. 498; but cf. NöZMG ’86, 738 f.). Not found as yet in the other cogn. languages: but cf. Ethiopic እንተ ʾenta, towards, which supports the view that אֵת is for ʾint [cf. תֵּת, תִּתִּי], perhaps from √ אנה to meet Olp. 431 PrätZMG ’73, 643, LagM i. 226). 1. Of companionship, together with: Gn 6:13 behold, I destroy them אֶת־הָאָרֶץ together with the earth, 11:31; 12:4 + often, especially with verbs of dwelling, abiding, going, etc., as Ju 1:3; 14:11; 19:4, & in the phrase הָעָם אֲשֶׁר אִתּוֹ Ju 4:13; 7:1; 9:33, 48; 1 S 14:20; 30:4 etc.; thou, and thy sons אִתָּֽךְ ׃ … with thee Gn 6:18; similarly (3rd pers.) 7:7, 13; 8:18; 9:8 al. (charact. of P: DrIntr. 124); הִתְהַלֵּךְ אֶת־הָאֱלֹהִים to walk with God, i.e. to have him as a companion (sc. by adopting a course of life pleasing to him) Gn 5:22, 24; 6:9 (cf. הִתְהַלֵּךְ אֵת lit. 1 S 25:15);—by the side of, like Is 45:9, equally with Lv 26:39, in common with Je 23:28b (cf. עִם 1 e, f). Hence, in partic.— a. with for the purpose of help: Nu 14:9 וי׳ אִתָּנוּ, Jos 14:12 (אוֹתִי, as Je 20:11) Ju 1:19; 2 K 6:16; 9:32 מִי אִתִּי מִי who is on my side, who? כִּי אִתְּךָ אֲנִי Is 43:5 Je 1:8, 19 +; Is 63:3 ψ 12:5 our lips are with us, on our side (s. 3 a); in the phrase יַד פּ׳ אֵת (הָֽיְתָה) 2 S 14:19 2 K 15:19 (ידיו) Je 26:24; נָשָׂא אֵת to bear together with, i.e. to assist Ex 18:22 Nu 11:17. Exceptionally, = with the help of: Gn 4:1 for I have gotten a man אֶת־י׳ with the help of י׳ (cf. עם 1 S 14:45) 49:25 (where, however, the parallelism, & 𝔊 𝔖 Sam. favour וְאֵל שַׁדַּי for וְאֵת שַׁדַּי) Mi 3:8; cf. Est 9:29. b. beside (Germ. neben): Gn 39:6 לֹא יָדַע אִתּוֹ מְאוּמָה he knew not with him, beside him, aught (i.e. Joseph managed everything), v 8 Ex 20:23 לֹא תַעֲשׂוּן אִתִּ֑י ye shall not make (aught) beside me. c. beside = in the presence of (rare): Gn 20:16b and before all thou shalt be righted, Is 30:8 Mi 6:1. In this sense אֶת־פְּנֵי פּ׳ is more freq., v. sub פָּנִים" dir="rtl" >פָּנִים. d. of intercourse of different kinds with another, e.g. after verbs of making a covenant or contract, or (less often) of speaking or dealing: (α) Gn 9:9; 15:18; 17:4 (Ez 16:60 Is 59:21 אוֹת-) Jos 10:4 1 K 3:1 etc.; cf. 1 S 2:13 (but here הַכֹּהֵן מֵאֶת־ is prob. to be read with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔗 Ke We etc., cf. Dt 18:3). (β) Gn 17:3; 42:30 דִּבֶּר אִתָּנוּ קָשׁוֹת, 1 K 8:15 ψ 109:2, & especially in Je and Ez (as Je 1:16; 4:12 [52:9 אִתּוֹ] 5:5; 12:1; Ez 2:1; 3:22, 24, 27; 14:4; 44:5—all אוֹת-); Gn 24:49 to perform kindness אֵת (עִם is here more genl.), 2 S 16:17 זֶה חַסְדְּךָ אֶת־רֵעֶ֑ךָ, Ru 2:20 Zc 7:9; Ju 11:27 וְאַתָּה עשֶֹׁה אִתִּי רָעָה, Dt 1:30; 10:21 1 S 12:7b, (אוֹת-) Je 21:2; 33:9 Ez 7:27; 16:59; 22:14; 23:25, 29; 39:24; abs. Ez 17:17; 20:44 ψ 109:21 Zp 3:19; (γ) in a pregn. sense, (in dealing) with, i.e. towards (rare): Is 66:14 ψ 67:2 יָאֵר פָּנָיו אִתָּנוּ make his face to shine with (= toward) us (varied from אֶל Nu 6:25) Dt 28:8; faithful with ψ 78:8 (cf. v 37 נָכוֹן עִם); Ez 2:6 (אוֹתָ֑ךְ); Ju 16:15 וְלִבְּךָ אֵין אִתִּי. (δ) often with verbs of fighting, striving, contending, as Gn 14:2, 8, 9 Nu 20:13 Is 45:9a; 50:8 ψ 35:1 Pr 23:11; with בָּא בְמִשְׁפָּט ψ 143:2 (Is 3:14 al. עִם). 2. Of localities, especially in the phrase אֲשֶׁר אֵת describing a site: Ju 3:19; 4:11 אֲשֶׁר אֶת־קֶדֶשׁ which is near Kedesh, 1 K 9:26 2 K 9:27 (cf. עם 2, which is commoner in this sense); Ez 43:8; Ex 33:21 הִנֵּה מָקוֹם אִתִּי. Perhaps, anomalously, 1 S 7:16 at or by all those places (but v. Dr); in 2 S 15:23 עַל־פְּנֵי דֶרֶךְ אֶת־הַמִּדְבָּר, אֵת = towards is against anal.: read with 𝔊L עַל־פָּנָיו דֶּרֶךְ הַזַּיִת אֲשֶׁר בַּמִּדְבָּר; 1 K 9:25 אִתּוֹ beside it (sc. the altar); but עָלָיו 13:1 etc. would be idiomatic, & for אִתּוֹ אֲשֶׁר Klo proposes plausibly אֶת־אִשּׁוֹ (v. Ex 30:20). 3. אֵת פּ׳ denotes specially, a. in one’s possession or keeping: Gn 27:15; 30:29 thou knowest אֵת אֲשֶׁר הָיָה מִקְנְךָ אִתִּי … how thy cattle fared with me, v 33; 42:16 Lv 5:23; 19:13 Dt 15:3 Ju 17:2 1 S 9:7 מָה אִתָּנוּ = what have we? 25:29 Is 49:4 my right is with Jehovah (contr. 40:27), Je 8:8 ψ 38:11 the light of mine eyes also אֵין אִתִּי i.e. is gone from me, Pr 3:28; 8:18; in his power, Je 10:5 הֵיטֵיב אֵין אוֹתָם is not in their power, perhaps ψ 12:5. A dream, or the word of י׳, is said to be אֵת with a prophet, 2 K 3:12 Je 23:28; 27:18. Metaph. of a mental quality, Pr 11:2; 13:10. b. in one’s knowledge or memory: Is 59:12 פְּשָׁעֵינוּ אִתָּנוּ our transgressions are with us, i.e. present to our minds (‖ וַעֲוֹנֹתֵינוּ יְדַעֲנוּם), Jb 12:3 אֶת־מִי־אֵין כְּמוֹ־אֵלֶּה with whom are not (i.e. who knoweth not? τίς οὐ σύνοιδε;) things like these? 14:5 אִתָּךְ i.e. known to thee, Pr 2:1 Gn 40:14 Je 12:3 (Ew Gf towards thee, as 1 d γ). So אִם־יֵשׁ אֶת־נַפְשְׁכֶם Gn 23:8 [2 K 9:15 נ׳ alone], אֶת־לְבָבְךָ 2 K 10:15. Comp. עם 4 b, which is more frequent in this sense. 4. מֵאֵת (מֵאִתִּי, etc.; also מֵאוֹת-, v. p. 85) from proximity with (like Gk. παρά with a genit., Fr de chez; in Syriac ܡܶܢ ܠܘܳܬ Arabic مِنْ عِنْدَ correspond. Synon. מֵעִם; see below): coupled almost always with persons (contrast מֵעִם, a). Thus a. with קָנָה to buy Gn 25:10 + often; (cf. 17:27); לָקַח Gn 42:24 Ex 25:2 Lv 25:36 Nu 17:17 + often; נָשָׂא ψ 24:5; שִׁלַּח, as Gn 8:8 וַיְשַׁלַּח אֶת־הַיּוֹנָה מֵאִתּוֹ and he sent forth the dove from with him 26:27; הָלַךְ Gn 26:31 1 K 18:12; 20:36 Je 9:1, of a wife deserting her husband Ju 19:2 וַתֵּלֶךְ מֵאִתּוֹ, Je 3:1 (cf. Is 57:8); with sim. words Gn 38:1 Dt 2:8 1 K 11:23 Je 2:37 (v. Ex 5:20); Is 54:10 ψ 66:20; with שָׁאַל Ju 1:14 1 K 2:16 ψ 27:4 +, דָּרַשׁ 1 K 22:7 al., שָׁמַע 1 S 2:23.—מֵאֵת פְּנֵי פּ׳ Gn 27:30; 43:34 Ex 10:11 Jb 2:7; Lv 10:4 (הַקֹּדֶשׁ), 2 K 16:14 (הַבַּיִת). Hence b. of rights or dues, handed over from, given on the part of, any one: Gn 47:22 חֹק מֵאֵת פַּרְעֹה; often in P, as Gn 23:20 Ex 27:21 a perpetual due מֵאֵת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל from, or on the part of, the children of Israel, Lv 7:34b; 24:8 Nu 3:9; 7:84 +; Dt 18:3 1 S 2:13 (𝔊, etc.; v. 1 d) 2 S 15:3 וְשֹׁמֵעַ אֵין־לְךָ מֵאֵת הַמֶּלֶךְ but there is none to hear thee deputed of the king, 1 K 5:14. c. expressing origination: 1 K 1:27 אִם מֵאֵת אֲדֹנִי הַמֶּלֶךְ נִהְיָה Especially מֵאֵת י׳—of a concrete object proceeding from him: Gn 19:24 (brimstone), Nu 11:31 (a wind), 16:35 (fire), 1 S 16:14 (evil spirit), Is 38:7 (a sign), Je 51:53 (wasters), Mi 5:6 (dew); of wrath Zc 7:12 (cf. Nu 17:11), teaching Is 51:4, the word of prophecy Je 7:1 (so 11:1; 18:1 + often in Je) 37:17 Ez 33:30; with ‘have I (we) heard’ Is 21:10; 28:22 Je 49:14 (= Ob 1); of an event, or phase of history Jos 11:20 מֵאֵת י׳ הָֽיְתָה it came of י׳ to …, 1 K 12:24 Hb 2:13 ψ 118:23 מֵאֵת י׳ הָֽיְתָה זֹאת (𝔊 παρὰ Κυρίου) Ezr 9:8 Ne 6:16; of trouble (רָעָה) 2 K 6:33 Mi 1:12 (יָרַד); of a good or evil lot, having its source in י׳ Je 13:25 Is 54:17 ψ 109:20, cf. Jb 2:10; ψ 22:26 מֵאִתְּךָ תְהִלָּתִי from thee cometh my praise (thou art the source of it); Is 44:24 Qr מֵאִתִּי of myself (cf. ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ John 5:30; Kt is מִי אִתִּי who was with me?), 54:15 אֶפֶס מֵאוֹתִי not at my instance (cf. לֹא מִנִּי 30:1, לֹא מִמֶּנִּי Ho 8:4). d. of a place †1 K 6:33 (corrupt: read with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 [partly] מְזוּזֹת רְבֻעוֹת, & cf. Ez 41:21). Note. אֵת expresses closer association than עִם: hence while מֵעִם sometimes denotes hardly more than from the surroundings or belongings of, מֵאֵת expresses from close proximity to. Thus Saul asks, מִי הָלַךְ מֵעִמָּנוּ who has gone from (those) about us? but Jacob, speaking of the loss of Joseph, says, Gn 44:28 וַיֵּצֵא הָאֶחָד מֵאִתִּי and the one is gone from with me. מֵאֵת is accordingly preferred to מֵעִם in the sense of origination or authorship; מאת is not usual in the sense of מֵעִם c, nor מֵעִם in the sense of מֵאֵת b.

גּוֹי561 n.m. Gn 12:2 nation, people (NH id. Gentiles, Ph. גו community, ܓܰܘܳܐ, Sab. גו id., DHMZMG 1883, 348)—ג׳ Gn 12:2 + 121 times; sf. i s. גּוֹיִ Zp 2:9, גּוֹיֶ֑ךָ ψ 106:5, גּוֹיֵךְ Kt Ez 36:13, 14, 15 (Qr wrongly גּוֹיַיִךְ cf. Co, who del. v 15); pl. גּוֹיִם Gn 10:5 + 410 times + Qr Gn 25:23 ψ 79:10 (Kt גיים) + 6 times Ez (var. emend. Co); cstr. גּוֹיֵי Gn 18:18 + 8 times, גּוֹיֵ 2 Ch 32:13 Ezr 6:21 (cf. Baer’s notes); sf. גּוֹיֵהֶם Gn 10:5, 20, 31, 32;— 1. nation, people Gn 10:5(×2), 20, 31, 32(×2) (all P) +; Is 2:2, 4(×2) = Mi 4:2, 3(×2); †Jb 12:23(×2); 34:29†; Pr 14:34; כֹּל גּוֹיֵי הָאָרֶץ Gn 18:18; 22:18; 26:4 (all J) Dt 28:1. a. specif. of descendants of Abraham, גּוֹי גָּדוֹל Gn 12:2 cf. 18:18 (both J), גּוֹיִם 17:6, הֲמוֹן גּוֹיִם 17:4, 5 (all P); of Sarah גּוֹיִם 17:16 (P); of Ishmael גּוֹי 21:13, גּוֹי גָּדוֹל v 18 (both E), גּוֹי גָּדוֹל 17:20 (P); of Jacob גּוֹי וּקְהַל גּוֹיִם Gn 35:11 (P), גּוֹי גָּדוֹל 46:3 (E); of Ephraim מְלֹא הַגּ׳ 48:19 (J); of Moses גּוֹי גָּדוֹל Ex 32:10 (J) cf. Nu 14:12 (J) Dt 9:14; of Jacob and Esau as two nations Gn 25:23 (J). b. definitely of Israel Ex 19:6 (גּ׳ קָדוֹשׁ) 33:13 (both JE), Dt 4:6 (הַגּוֹי הַגָּדוֹל הַזֶּה, said by heathen cf. v 7, 8) v. also v 34, 26:5 cf. ψ 33:12, ψ 83:5 (said by enemies) Je 31:36; 33:24 Ez 27:22; in narrative Jos 3:17; 4:1; 5:8 (JE), v 6 (D), 10:13 (poet., no art.); of Israel and Judah as two nations Ez 35:10 (said by heathen) 37:22; of Judah Is 26:2, 15(×2) cf. 58:2; 60:22 Mi 4:7; once my people Zp 2:9 (‖ עַם); thy people ψ 106:5 (i.e. of י׳), cf. also Ez 36:13, 14 (read Kt); especially of Israel and (or) Judah as sinful, rebellious Dt 32:28 Ju 2:20 Is 1:4; 10:6 Je 5:9, 29; 7:28; 9:8; 12:17 Ez 2:3 (del. 𝔊 Co) Hg 2:14 Mal 3:9.—Note. This definite ref. to Israel and (or) Judah is comparatively rare; in Hex not P (yet v. Gn 17:4, 5, 6, 16; 35:11 P); seldom in exile & post-exile proph.; not Chr.— c. usually of non-Heb. peoples Ex 9:24; 34:10 (JE) Lv 25:44 (H) Nu 14:15 (J) Dt 15:6(×2) 1 K 5:11 1 Ch 14:17; 16:20 Is 11:10, 12 + often; opp. Israel as עם י׳ 2 S 7:23 1 Ch 17:21(×2) ect., v. עַם³" dir="rtl" >עם, cf. also Nu 23:9; note especially גְּלִיל הַגּוֹיִם Is 8:23 circle or district of the nations (v. גָּלִיל); also חֲרֹשֶׁת הַגּ׳ Ju 4:2, 13, 16 Charosheth of the nations, & מֶלֶךְ גּוֹיִם לְגִלְגָּ֖ל Jos 12:23 king of nations (peoples, tribes) belonging to Gilgal (𝔊 Di to the district, i.e. ‘Galilee’); especially of these peoples as heathen: idolatrous Lv 8:24, 28 (P) 20:23 (H) 1 K 14:24 2 K 17:8, 11, 15, 26, 29(×2) 2 Ch 28:3; 32:13 +, Ezr 6:21 Ez 5:6 +; hostile Gn 15:14 (J) Lv 26:33; 38, 45 (H) Dt 4:27; 9:4, 5; 18:9 1 Ch 16:35 Je 5:15 Ez 4:13 + often Je Ez, etc.; in simile Ez 20:32; 25:8; sometimes ‖ עַם ψ 33:10, 12 Is 11:10 Je 6:18, v. also Is 2:2, 4 comp. with Mi 4:1, 3. 2. fig. of swarm of locusts Jo 1:6; of all species of beasts Zp 2:14. 3. גּוֹיִם Gn 14:1, 9 prob. mutilated n.pr. v. infr.

μετά [ᾰ, but ᾱ in Refs 5th c.BC+], poetry μεταί, uncertain, only in μεταιβολί; Aeolic dialect, Doric dialect, Refs 4th c.AD+: preposition with genitive, dative, and accusative (Cf. Goth. mip, OHG. miti, mit 'with'.) __A WITH GEN. (in which use μ. gradually superseded σύν, which see), __A.I in the midst of, among, between, with plural Nouns, μετ᾽ ἄλλων λέξο ἑταίρων Refs 8th c.BC+ with one, Refs 5th c.BC+, i.e. among no men, Refs __A.II in common, along with, by aid of (implying a closer union than σύν), μ. Βοιωτῶν ἐμάχοντο Refs 8th c.BC+; συνδιεπολέμησαν τὸν πόλεμον μ. Ἀθηναίων Refs 5th c.BC+; μ. τῆς βουλῆς in co-operation with the council, Refs 8th c.BC+ with, i.e. by aid of, Athena, Refs 8th c.BC+; μ. τινὸς πάσχειν, δρᾶν τι, Refs 5th c.BC+; μ. τινὸς εἶναι to be on one's side, Refs 5th c.BC+: generally, with, together with, with substantive in singular first in Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ μ. τινός his companions, NT+5th c.BC+ C. and the Athenians, Refs 5th c.BC+; of things, in conjunction with, ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III later, in one's dealings with, ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτῶν NT+2nd c.AD+: even of hostile action, σὺ ποιεῖς μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ πονηρίαν LXX+NT+2nd c.AD+: to denote the union of persons with qualities or circumstances, and so to denote manner, τὸ ἄπραγμον.. μὴ μ. τοῦ δραστηρίου τεταγμένον Refs 5th c.BC+; ψυχὴν ὁσίως βεβιωκυῖαν καὶ μετ᾽ ἀληθείας Refs 5th c.BC+; also, by means of, μετ᾽ ἀρετῆς πρωτεύειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2 serving to join two predicates, γενόμενος μ. τοῦ δυνατοῦ καὶ ξυνετός, i.e. δυνατός τε καὶ ξυνετός, 5th c.BC: Thucydides Historicus 2.15; ὅταν πλησιάζῃ μ. τοῦ ἅπτεσθαι 5th-6th c.BC: Plato Philosophus “Phaedrus” 255b. __A.IV rarely of Time, Refs 5th c.BC+; μετ᾽ ἀνοκωχῆς during.., Refs __B WITH DAT., only poetry, mostly Epic dialect: __B.I between, among others, but without the close union which belongs to the genitive, and so nearly ={ἐν}, which is sometimes exchanged with it, μ. πρώτοισι.. ἐν πυμάτοισι Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.1 of persons, among, in company with, μετ᾽ ἀθανάτοισι Refs 8th c.BC+; μ. τριτάτοισιν ἄνασσεν in the third generation (not μ. τριτάτων belonging to it), Refs 8th c.BC+; of haranguing an assembly, μετ᾽ Ἀργείοις ἀγορεύεις Refs; between, of two parties, φιλότητα μετ᾽ ἀμφοτέροισι βάλωμεν Refs __B.I.2 of things, μ. νηυσίν, ἀστράσι, κύμασιν, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.3 of separate parts of persons, between, μ. χερσὶν ἔχειν to hold between, i.e. in, the hands, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὅς κεν.. πέσῃ μ. ποσσὶ γυναικός, of a child being born, 'to fall between her feet', Refs __B.II to complete a number, besides, over and above, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ πέμπτος μ. τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself to be with them a fifth, Refs 8th c.BC+; Οὖτιν.. πύματον ἔδομαι μ. οἷς ἑτάροισι last to complete the number, i.e. after, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III with dative singular, only of collective Nouns (or the equivalent of such, μεθ᾽ αἵματι καὶ κονίῃσιν Refs 8th c.BC+ __C WITH ACCUSATIVE __C.I of motion, into the middle of, coming into or among, especially where a number of persons is implied, ἵκοντο μ. Τρῶας καὶ Ἀχαιούς Refs 8th c.BC+; of things, εἴ τινα φεύγοντα σαώσειαν μ. νῆας Refs; με μ... ἔριδας καὶ νείκεα βάλλει plunges me into them, Refs; of place, μ. τ᾽ ἤθεα καὶ νομὸν ἵππων Refs; δράγματα μετ᾽ ὄγμον πῖπτον into the midst of the furrow, Refs __C.I.2 in pursuit or quest of, of persons, sometimes in friendlysense, βῆ ῥ᾽ ἰέναι μ. Νέστορα went to seek Refs 8th c.BC+ to go after, pursue him, Refs; also of things, πλεῖν μ. χαλκόν to sail in quest of it, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἵκηαι μ. πατρὸς ἀκουήν in search of news of thy father, Refs 8th c.BC+; πόλεμον μέτα θωρήσσοντο they armed for the battle, Refs; ὡπλίζοντο μεθ᾽ ὕλην prepared to seek after wood, Refs __C.II of sequence or succession, __C.II.1 of Place, after, behind, λαοὶ ἕπονθ᾽, ὡς εἴ τε μ. κτίλον ἕσπετο μῆλα like sheep after the bell-wether, Refs 8th c.BC+; μ. τὴν θάλασσαν beyond, on the far side of the sea, Refs __C.II.2 of Time, after, next to, μ. δαῖτας Refs 8th c.BC+; μεθ᾽ Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος after Hector thy death is at the door, Refs 8th c.BC+thereupon, there-after, Refs 5th c.BC+; μετ᾽ ὀλίγον ὕστερον shortly after, Refs 4th c.BC+; μ. χρυσόθρονον ἠῶ after daybreak, Refs by day, opposed to νυκτός, Refs 5th c.BC+; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, opposed to νύκτωρ, Refs 5th c.BC+; μ. τὸν ἑξέτη καὶ τὴν ἑξέτιν after the boy or girl has attained the age of six years, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.II.3 in order of Worth, Rank, etc., next after, following superlative, κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ.. τῶν ἄλλων Δαναῶν μετ᾽ ἀμύμονα Πηλεΐωνα Refs 8th c.BC+: where superlative is implied, ὃς πᾶσι μετέπρεπε.. μ. Πηλεΐωνος ἑταῖρον Refs 8th c.BC+; μ. μάκαρας next to the gods, Refs 4th c.BC+; also μάχεσθαι μ. πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων to be inferior in fighting to many.., Refs 2nd c.AD+ __C.III after, according to, μ. σὸν καὶ ἐμὸν κῆρ as you and I wish, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.IV generally, among, between, as with dative (B.I), μ. πάντας ὁμήλικας ἄριστος best among all, Refs 8th c.BC+; μ. τοὺς τετελευτηκότας including those who have died, Refs 1st c.AD+; μ. χεῖρας ἔχειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __D μετά with all cases can be put after its substantive, and is then by anastrophe μέτα, Refs 8th c.BC+, but not when the ultima is elided, Refs 8th c.BC+ __E absolutely as adverb., among them, with them, Refs 8th c.BC+; with him, οὐκ οἶον, μ. καὶ Γανυμήδεα Refs 3rd c.BC+ __E.II and then, next afterwards, opposed to πρόσθε, Refs 8th c.BC+ __E.III thereafter,Refs 5th c.BC+; μ. γάρ τε καὶ ἄλγεσι τέρπεται ἀνήρ one feels pleasure even in troubles, when past, Refs 8th c.BC+; μ. δέ, for ἔπειτα δέ, Refs 5th c.BC+ __F μέτα, -μέτεστι, Refs 8th c.BC+ __G IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), __G.I of community or participation, as in μεταδίδωμι, μετέχω, usually with genitive of things. __G.I.2 of action in common with another, as in μεταδαίνυμαι, μεταμέλπομαι, etc., with dative person __G.II in the midst of, of space or time, as in μεταδήμιος, μεταδόρπιος 1; between, as in μεταίχμιον, μεταπύργιον. __G.III of succession of time, as in μεταδόρπιος 2, μετακλαίω, μεταυτίκα. __G.IV of pursuit, as in μεταδιώκω, μετέρχομαι. __G.V of letting go, as in μεθίημι, μεθήμων. __G.VI after, behind, as in μετάφρενον, opposed to πρόσθε. __G.VII reversely, as in μετατρέπω, μεταστρέφω. __G.VIII most frequently of change of place, condition, plan, etc., as in μεταβαίνω, μεταβάλλω, μεταβουλεύω, μεταγιγνώσκω, etc.

בְּרִית285 n.f. covenant (‖ Aramaic קְיָם, διαθήκη; constitutio)—ב׳ Gn 9:13 + 199 times; sf. בְּרִיתִי Gn 6:18 + 50 times; בְּרִיתְךָ Dt 33:9; בְּרִיתֶ֑ךָ ψ 44:18 + 11 times; בְּרִיתְכֶם Is 28:18; בְּרִיתֵךְ Ez 16:61; בְּרִיתוֹ Ex 2:24 + 18 times;—pact, compact, covenant. I. between men. 1. treaty, alliance, league: Abraham and Amorites Gn 14:13; Edom and its allies Ob 7; with Philistines Gn 21:27, 32 (E) 26:28 (J); Jacob and Laban Gn 31:44 (J); Joshua and Gibeonites Jos 9:6, 7, 11, 15, 16 (J); Israel and Canaanites Ex 23:32; 34:12, 15 (JE) Dt 7:2 Ju 2:2; Ammonites and Jabesh 1 S 11:1; Solomon and Hiram 1 K 5:26; Ahab and Benhadad 1 K 20:34; Syria and Israel 1 K 15:19 = 2 Ch 16:3; Nebuchadnezzar and Zedekiah Ez 17:13–19; nations against Israel ψ 83:6; nations with Egypt Ez 30:5; Ephraim and Assyria Ho 12:2; Judah and Israel Ez 16:61; Judah and Tyre Am 1:9; Assyria and Judah Is 33:8; נגיד ברית a prince in league (with him) Dn 11:22 (so He Ew; Hi Meinh Bev ref. to h. p. Onias III & translate prince of cov’t, cf. AV RV); fig., with death Is 28:15, 18; with stones of the field Jb 5:23. 2. constitution, ordinance, between monarch and subjects: David and Abner 2 S 3:12, 13, 21; David and the elders of Israel 2 S 5:3 = 1 Ch 11:3; Zedekiah and his people Je 34:8–18; hostile prince and Israelites Dn 9:27. 3. agreement, pledge: Jehoiada and captains 2 K 11:4 = 2 Ch 23:1; with oneself Jb 31:1; with Leviathan to be a servant Jb 40:28; between man and man Ho 10:4 cf. בעל ברית Ju 8:33; 9:4 = אל ברית Ju 9:46. 4. alliance of friendship between David and Jonathan 1 S 18:3; 20:8; 23:18 cf. ψ 55:21. 5. alliance of marriage Pr 2:17 Mal 2:14.—In all cases כרת ברית is the technical phrase for making covenant except Je 34:10 באו בברית; Dn 9:27 הגביר ברית לְ. Various preps. are used, most often לְ Ex 23:32 +, but also עִם Gn 26:28 +, אֵת 2 S 3:12 +, בֵּין 2 Ch 16:3. II. between God and man. 1. alliance of friendship (‖ סוֹד) ψ 25:14. 2. covenant, as a divine constitution or ordinance with signs or pledges (vid. אוֹת). a. with Noah Gn 9:9–17 (P) Is 54:10 Je 33:20, 25; a divine promise that there would be no other deluge. b. with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob Gn 15:18 (J) 17:2–21 Ex 2:24; 6:4, 5; Lv 26:42 (P) 2 K 13:23; 1 Ch 16:15 = ψ 105:8, 10, Ne 9:8 Je 34:18; a promise to multiply their seed, give them the land of Canaan, and make them a blessing to the nations. c. with Israel at Sinai = Horeb, with a covenant sacrifice Ex 19:5; 24:7, 8 (E) 34:10, 27, 28 (J) 31:16; Lv 2:13 (P) 24:8; 26:9, 15, 25, 44, 45 (H) Dt 4:13; renewed in plains of Moab Dt 28:69; with blessings and curses Dt 29:20; frequently referred to in other books 2 Ch 34:32 ψ 25:10; 44:18; 50:5, 16; 74:20; 78:10, 37; 103:18; 106:45; 111:5, 9 Is 56:4, 6; Je 1:2, 3, 6, 8, 10; 14:21; 22:9; 31:32; Ez 16:8, 59, 60; 44:7; Dn 9:4; 11:28, 30, 32; Ho 6:7; 8:1 Zc 9:11; 11:10; a divine constitution given to Israel with promises on condition of obedience and penalties for disobedience, in the form of tables of the covenant Dt 9:9, 11, 15, inscribed with the ten words, placed in (י׳) ארון ברית the ark of the covenant Nu 10:33 + 40 times (vid. ארון; in 1 S 4:3, 4(×2), 5 om. ברית after ארון 𝔊 We Dr); set forth in דברי הברית words of the covenant Ex 34:28 (J) Dt 28:69; 29:8; 2 K 23:3 (= 2 Ch 34:31) Je 11:2–8, written in ספר הברית the book of the covenant Ex 24:7 (E, cf. 34:27 J) 2 K 23:2, 21 (cf. 2 Ch 34:30). d. with Phinehas Nu 25:12, 13 (P), a constitution, establishing an everlasting priesthood in his line; cf. ברית הכהנים Ne 13:29 & ברית הלוי Mal 2:4, 8. e. with Joshua and Israel Jos 24:25 (E), an ordinance or constitutional agreement to serve Yahweh only. f. with David ψ 89:4, 29, 34, 39; 132:12; Je 33:21 (cf. 2 S 7 = 1 Ch 17); a divine promise to the seed of David of an everlasting kingdom, the relation of sonship, and the superintendence of the temple (cf. ψ 2). g. Jehoiada and the people 2 K 11:17 = 2 Ch 23:3, a constitutional agreement to be the people of Yahweh. h. Hezekiah and the people 2 Ch 29:10, a constitutional agreement to reform the worship. i. Josiah and the people 2 K 23:3, a constitutional agreement to obey the book of the covenant. j. Ezra and the people Ezr 10:3, a constitutional agreement to put away foreign wives and observe the Law. k. the prophetic covenant, a divine promise through a series of prophets to establish a new constitution ברית חדשׁה Je 31:31, with new institutions and precepts Is 42:6, 49:8; 55:3; 59:21; 61:8 Je 31:31, 33; 32:40; 50:5; Ez 16:60, 62; 20:37; 34:25; 37:26; Ho 2:20. In Is 2 the Messianic servant is ברית עם Is 42:6; 49:8, cf. מלאך הברית Mal 3:1. III. Phrases. 1. covenant making: כרת ברית Gn 15:18; Ex 34:10, 27 (J) Jos 24:25 (E) Dt 5:2, 3; 28:69; 29:13, 24; 1 K 5:26; 2 K 11:17; 17:35, 38; 23:3 2 Ch 21:7; 23:3, 16; 29:10; 34:30 Ezr 10:3; Ne 9:8; ψ 50:5; 89:4; Is 55:3; 61:8; Je 11:10; 31:31, 32, 33; 32:40; 34:13 Ez 34:25; 37:26; Hos 2:20; הקים ברית establish a covenant Gn 6:18; 9:9, 11, 17; 17:7, 19, 21; Ex 6:4 (P) Ez 16:60, 62, confirm covenant Lv 26:9 (?; H) Dt 8:18; נתן ברית Gn 17:2 (cf. 9:12) Nu 25:12 (P); שׂם ברית 2 S 23:5; עבר בברית Dt 29:11; בא בברית 2 Ch 15:12; Ez 16:8; צוה ברית ψ 111:9; נשׂא ברית על פי ψ 50:16. (Cf. further on these DrJ Ph. xi. 1882, 210 ff.) 2. covenant keeping: on the part of man שׁמר ברית 1 K 11:11 Ne 1:5; 9:32 ψ 78:10; 103:18; 132:12 Dn 9:4, נצר ברית Dt 33:9 ψ 25:10, מחזיקים בברית Is 56:4, 6; on the part of God זכר ברית Gn 9:15, 16 Ex 2:24; 6:5 (all P), Lv 26:42(×3) (H; on sf. cf. Di Ges§ 128, 1 R b) v 45 (H) ψ 105:8; 106:45; 111:5 1 Ch 16:15 Ez 16:60. Thus we have נאמנת ψ 89:29; ברית עולם Gn 9:16; 17:7, 13, 18, 19 Ex 31:16 Lv 24:8 Nu 18:19; 25:13 (P) 2 S 23:5 (poet.) 1 Ch 16:17 (= ψ 105:10) Is 24:5; 55:3; 61:8 Je 32:40; 50:5 Ez 16:60; 37:26; ברית מלח Lv 2:13 2 Ch 13:5; 21:7 (a cov’t. with sacrificial meal and salt; on cov’t. with salt in Arabia cf. WeSkizzen iii. 124); ברית שׁלום Nu 25:12 (P) Is 54:10 Ez 34:25; 37:26; הברית והחסד Dt 7:9, 12 1 K 8:23 (= 2 Ch 6:14) Ne 1:5; 9:32; Dn 9:4; ברית קדשׁ Dn 11:28, 30; מסרת הברית Ez 20:27. 3. covenant violation: עבר ברית Dt 17:2; Jos 7:11, 15; 23:16 (D) Ju 2:20; 2 K 18:12; Ho 6:7; 8:1; הפר ברית Gn 17:14; Lv 26:15, 44 (H) Dt 31:16, 20 (J) Ju 2:1; Is 24:5(×2) Je 11:10; 14:21; 31:32; 33:20, 21; Ez 16:59; 17:18, 19; 44:7; Zc 11:10; עזב ב׳ Dt 29:24 1 K 19:10, 14; Je 22:9 Dn 11:30; מאס ברית 2 K 17:15; נאר ברית ψ 89:39; חלל ברית ψ 89:34 Mal 2:10 (cf. v 4); שׁקר בב׳ ψ 44:18; שׁכח ברית Dt 4:23, 21; Je 50:5.

מוֹעֵד223 n.m. ψ 102:14 appointed time, place, meeting; מ׳ Ex 9:5 + 183 times; מֹעֵד Dt 31:10; מוֹעֲדוֹ Nu 9:2 + 2 times; מֹעֲדוֹ La 2:6 + 3 times + 5 times sfs.; pl. מוֹעְדִים Dn 12:7 + 6 times; מֹעֲדִים Zc 8:19 1 Ch 23:31; מוֹעֲדוֹת 2 Ch 8:13; cstr. מוֹעֲדֵי Lv 23:2 + 6 times; מֹעֲדֵי Lv 23:44; sfs. מוֹעֲדַי Ez 44:24; מֹעֲדֵיכֶם Nu 15:3 + 6 times sfs;— †1. appointed time: a. in general with prefix לְ, at an or the appointed time Gn 18:14; Ex 13:10 (J), Ex 23:15; 34:18; Jos 8:14 (all JE), Gn 17:21; 21:2 (P), 1 S 9:24; 13:8 (after אשׁר insert either אָמַר 𝔊 𝔗 or שָׂם Dr), v 11 2 K 4:16, 17; Hb 2:3; Dn 8:19; 11:27, 29, 35; למ׳ דוד at the time appointed with David 1 S 20:35 (Thes SS place appointed); c. prefix בְּ Ho 2:11 Lv 23:4 Nu 9:2, 3, 7, 13; 28:2 (P); c. מִן 2 S 20:5; עַד עֵת מ׳ 24:15 unto the time appointed (but dub., v. Dr); c. vbs. בא מ׳ ψ 102:14; לקח מ׳ 75:3; שׂים מ׳ Ex 9:5 (J); העביר המ׳ Je 46:17; the stork ידעה מ׳ Je 8:7 knows her appointed time; מ׳ צאתך Dt 16:6 time of thy going forth (from Egypt). b. in particular (cf. Ex 13:10; 23:15; 34:18), sacred season, RV usually set feast or appointed season (wider than חַג, which was only a feast celebrated by a pilgrimage), מ׳ (ימי) יוֹם day(s) of appointed season (i.e. festivals) Ho 9:5; 12:10; La 2:7, 22; sg. indef. 1:4; of the feast of booths Dt 31:10; ‖ חג חדשׁ שׁבת Ho 2:13; ‖ שׁבת La 2:6; usually pl. מ׳ יהוה Lv 23:2, 4, 37, 44 (P), 2 Ch 2:3 Ezr 3:5; with sfs. referring to י׳ Lv 23:2 (P); בּמ׳ Nu 15:3; 29:39 (P), Ez 36:38; 46:9; קרית מ׳ city of our solemnities (sacred seasons) Is 33:20; למ׳ טובים Zc 8:19; ‖ שׁבתות Ez 44:24; ‖ חדשׁים Is 1:14; 1 Ch 23:31; 2 Ch 8:13; 31:3 Ne 10:34; ‖ חגים Ez 46:11; חגים חדשׁים Ez 45:17; ‖ ראשׁי חָדְשֵׁכֶם Nu 10:10 (P).—Notes. It is most probable that in Gn 1:14 (P), where מ׳ ‖ אֹתֹת, the reference is to the sacred seasons as fixed by the moon’s appearance; and so also עשׂה ירח למ׳ he made the moon for sacred seasons ψ 104:19, although many Lexx. & Comm. refer these to the seasons of the year.—למועד מועדים וחצי Dn 12:7 for a set time, times, and a half = 3 1/2 appointed times = half the prophetic week of years, cf. BrMP 453 f.—ויאכלו את המ׳ they ate throughout the sacred season (of Maṣṣoth) 2 Ch 30:22 AV RV, but Thes SS Be Ke Öt they ate the offerings of the sacred season; 𝔊 וַיְכַלּוּ. 2. appointed meeting: בֵּית מ׳ לְכָל־חַי Jb 30:23 house of meeting for every living (of She’ol); קְרִאֵי מ׳ Nu 16:2 (P) called to the assembly = קְרִאֵי הָעֵדָה; קרא עלי מ׳ La 1:15 called a festal meeting against me; בקרב מ׳ ψ 74:4 in the midst of thine assembly; הַר מוֹעֵד Is 14:13 mount of meeting or assembly (of the gods; the mountain of the gods in the extreme north, the oriental Olympus, Persian Alborg, Hindu Meru, Babylon. Arallû, cf. LenOrigines ii, ch. ix). 3. appointed place: a. the temple, ‖ שֻׂכּוֹ La 2:6, נוּגֵי ממ׳ afflicted (and driven) from the place of assembly Zp 3:18 (cf. BrMP 225). b. synagogues, כָּל־מוֹעֲדֵי־אֵל בָּאָרֶץ all the appointed places of Ēl in the land ψ 74:8 = בֵּית וַעַד Sota 9:15. 4. appointed sign, signal, Ju 20:38. 5. אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד tent of meeting (of God with his people: see יָעַד Niph. 1); the sacred tent of the Exodus (see אֹהֶל 3) Ex 33:7(×2) Nu 12:4; Dt 31:14(×2) (E), Nu 11:16 (J); often in P, as Ex 27:21; 29:4; Lv 1:1, 3; Jos 18:1; 19:51, etc. (131 times); elsewhere only 1 S 2:22b (om. 𝔊), 1 K 8:4 = 2 Ch 5:5, 1 Ch 6:17; 9:21; 23:32; 2 Ch 1:3, 6, 13.

שָׁכַב (LagBN 63)212 vb. lie down (NH = BH; שכב Ecclus 47:23 (in death), משכב bed 40:5; 47:20 d, = death bed 46:19; Ph. שכב, משכב (v. מ׳ 1 infr.), Lzb375; Ethiopic ሰከበ lie, so Aramaic שְׁכַב, ܫܟܶܒ; Nab. משכבא couch; Arabic سَكَبَ only pour out (water, tears), be poured out (cf. Hiph. infr., and LagBN 63));—Qal Pf. 3 ms. שׁ׳ Gn 26:10 +, etc.; Impf. יִשְׁכַּב Gn 30:15 +, 3 mpl. יִשְׁכְּבֻן 1 S 2:22, יִשְׁכָּב֑וּן Jos 2:8 Jb 30:17, etc.; Imv. ms. שְׁכַב 2 S 13:5 Ez 4:4, שִׁכְבָה Gn 39:7, 12, etc.; Inf. abs. שָׁכֹב Lv 15:24; cstr. שְׁכַב 1 K 1:21 +, sf. שָׁכְבוֹ Ru 3:4, שִׁכְבָהּ Gn 19:33, 35, שָׁכְבְּךָ Dt 6:7 + 2 times; Pt. שֹׁכֵב Gn 28:13 +, f. שֹׁכֶ֫בֶת Mi 7:5; Ru 3:8, etc.;— 1. lie down (sometimes opp. קוּם, הֵקִיץ): a. Ju 5:27 (prostrated by blow, + כָּרַע, נָפַל). b. to sleep, Gn 19:4 (J), 28:11 (E), 1 S 3:5; Dt 7:7; Pr 6:22 + often; read וַיִּשְׁכַּב) also (for וַיַּשְׁכֵּם 1 S 9:26 𝔊 Th We Dr and mod.; שׁ׳ + יָשֵׁן sleep 1 K 19:5 ψ 3:6; 4:9, cf. Pr 3:24(×2), + נִרְדָּם Jon 1:5; = be lying 1 S 3:2, 3; 26:5 (all בְּ loc.), v 7 4:5 (acc. cogn. noon-repose), 2 S 13:8, cf. שֹׁכֵב בְּלֶב־יָם Pr 23:34, of two lying (together, for warmth) Ec 4:11; + be sleeping 1 S 26:7; = keep lying, c. עַד Ju 16:3; 1 S 3:15; Ru 3:13; Pr 6:9; emphasis on resting, Lv 26:6 (H), Jb 11:18; token of mourning, וְשָׁכַב אָ֑רְצָה (וְלָן) 2 S 12:16, cf. 13:21, שׁ׳ בַּשָּׂק 1 K 21:27, שׁ׳ בֵּין שְׁפַתָּ֑יִם ψ 68:14 (of indolence?); fig. of prostration by disease 41:9 among foes 57:5; of humiliation Je 3:25; c. עַל rei: land Gn 28:13 (J), usually bed 2 S 13:5; 1 K 21:4; Lv 15:4, 24, 26, cf. v 20, for midday repose 2 S 4:7. c. lie on (עַל) one’s side Ez 4:4(×2), 6, 9 (symbol.). d. lie, עַל pers. 1 K 3:19 (fatally), 2 K 4:34 (to revive). e. lie בְּחֵיק, of lamb (i.e. be cherished) 2 S 12:3, of woman Mi 7:5 (intimacy), 1 K 1:2 (vital warmth); lie down for copulation Gn 19:33, 35 (of woman, v. 3 infr.; both opp. קוּם). 2. = lodge (for night), (שָׁ֫מָּה) שׁ׳ Jos 2:1 (E), 2 K 4:11, cf. 9:16 (yet perhaps = lie ill), Lv 14:47 (בְּ loc.). 3. of sexual relations, lie with: subj. man, c. עִם Gn 30:15, 16; 39:7, 12, 14 (J), Ex 22:15 (E), Dt 22:22 + 8 times Dt., 2 S 11:4, 11; 12:11, 24 Lv 15:33; c. אֶת fem. with (MT אֹתָהּ, etc., orig. אִתָּהּ, etc., v. Dr 2 S 13:14 and II. אֵת, p. 85a supra), Gn 26:10; 34:2, 7; 35:22 (all J), 1 S 2:22 (om. 𝔊 and mod.), 2 S 13:14; Ez 23:8 (fig.), Lv 15:24 (שָׁכֹב יִשְׁכַּב), Nu 5:19, also (c. acc. cogn. שִׁכְבַת־זֶרַע) v 13 Lv 15:18; 19:20; c. acc. (sf.) fem. Dt 28:30 Kt (v. [שָׁגֵל]); c. אֵצֶל fem. Gn 39:10 (J); c. אֵת vir. (sodomy), Lv 18:22; 20:13 (both H; c. acc. cogn. מִשְׁכְּבֵי אִשָּׁח); c. עִם־בְּהֵמָה Dt 27:21; Ex 22:18 (E); subj. woman, c. עִם vir. Gn 19:32, 34, 35 (J) 2 S 13:11; אֵת vir. Gn 19:33, 34 (cf. 1 e supra). 4. a. lie down in death, Is 14:8; 43:17 (opp. קוּם), Ez 31:18; 32:27, 28, 29, 30; Jb 14:12 (opp. קוּם, הֵקִיץ), שׁ׳ וְאֶשְׁקוֹט 3:13; be lying (dead) Is 51:20; La 2:21. b. especially in phr. שׁ׳ עִם אֲבוֹתָיו lie down with his fathers, of kings 1 K 1:21; 2:10 + 35 times K Ch, cf. Gn 47:30 (J), Dt 31:16, and (c. אֵת) 2 S 7:12. c. in grave, בְּבֵיתוֹ Is 14:18 (opp. מִקִּבְרְךָ), שֹׁכְבֵי קֶבֶר ψ 88:6; לֶעָפָר Jb 7:21, עַל־ע׳ 20:11; 21:26; in She’ôl Ez 32:21; in Gehenna (?) Is 50:11. 5. fig. = relax: Jb 30:17 my gnawing pains do not sleep; = have rest, לֹא שׁ׳ לִבּוֹ Ec 2:23. †Niph.Pu. = be lain with (sexually; subj. woman), only as Qr for Kt [שָׁגֵל] Niph.Pu. q.v. †Hiph. lay, Pf. 3 fs. הִשְׁכִּיבָה c. acc. puer. + בְּחֵיק 1 K 3:20, so Impf. 3 fs. sf. וַתַּשְׁכִּיבֵהוּ v 20, cf. (עַל־מִטָּה) 17:19 2 K 4:21; Inf. abs. הַשְׁכֵּב אוֹתָם אַ֫רְצָה 2 S 8:2 making them lie down on ground; Impf. also lay בַּמִּשְׁכָּב 2 Ch 16:14 (of burial); נִבְלֵי שָׁמַיִם מִי יַשְׁכִּיב Jb 38:37 i.e. tip them so that contents may flow out (cf. Arabic سَكَبَ supra). †Hoph. Pt. מֻשְׁכָּב 2 K 4:32 laid עַל־מִטָּה; Pf. consec. וְהֻשְׁכַּב Ez 32:32 shall be laid (in death), c. בְּתוֹךְ et אֵת pers. (with); so Imv. ms. הָשְׁכְּבָה v 19 (c. אֵת pers. only).

Ἰουδαῖος, ὁ, a Jewish man: Ἰουδαία, a Jewish woman; ἡ Ἰουδαία (i.e. γῆ) “Judaea”: —Ἰουδα-ϊκός, ή, όν, “Jewish”, LXX adverb -κῶς NT+1st c.AD+

ἔθνος, εος, τό: (ϝέθνος,Refs 8th c.BC+: - number of people living together, company, body of men, ἑτάρων ἔ., ἔ. ἑταίρων, band of comrades, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔθνος λαῶν host of men, Refs; of particular tribes, Αυκίων μέγα ἔ. Refs 8th c.BC+; of animals, ἔ. μελισσάων, ὀρνίθων, μυιάων, swarms, flocks, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔ. ἀνέρων, γυναικῶν, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔ. βρότεον, θνατόν, Refs; ἔ. τόδε, of the Erinyes, Refs 4th c.BC+ __2 after Refs 8th c.BC+, nation, people, τὸ Μηδικὸν ἔ. (γένος being a subdivision of ἔθνος) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔ. ἠπειρογενές, μαχαιροφόρον, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2.b later, τὰ ἔ. foreign, barbarous nations, opposed to Ἕλληνες, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἔ. νομάδων, of Bedawîn, Refs; at Athens, athletic clubs of non-Athenians, Refs, non-Jews,LXX+NT __2.c at Rome, = provinciae, Refs 2nd c.AD+: so in singular, province, ὁ τυραννήσας τοῦ ἔθνους Refs 1st c.AD+; ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ ἔθνους the governor of the province, Refs 3rd c.AD+ __3 class of men, caste, tribe, τὸ Θετταλῶν.. πενεστικὸν ἔ. Refs 5th c.BC+; οἶσθά τι ἔ. ἠλιθιώτερον ῥαψῳδῶ; Refs 5th c.BC+; δημιουργικὸν ἔ. Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ ἱερὰ ἔ. the orders of priests, Refs 2nd c.BC+; trade-associations or guilds, ἔθνη καὶ ἐργαστήρια Refs 3rd c.BC+; class in respect to rank or station, οὐ πρὸς τοῦτο βλέποντες.. ὅπως.. ἕν τι ἔ. ἔσται διαφερόντως εὔδαιμον Refs 5th c.BC+ __4 sex, θῆλυ, ἄρρεν ἔ., Refs 5th c.BC+ __5 part, member, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II of a single person, a relation, Refs 5th c.BC+

λᾱός, ὁ, Ionic dialect ληός Refs 6th c.BC+ (variant{λαόν}, which is in all Mss. in Refs 6th c.BC+; Attic dialect λεώς, which is also used in Refs 5th c.BC+ and in late Prose, as Foed.Byzantine cited in Refs 5th c.BC+ __1 in Refs 8th c.BC+ (λαοί) usually means men, i.e. soldiers, both of the whole army and smaller divisions, κριτὸς ἔγρετο λ. Ἀχαιῶν Refs; periphrastic, στρατὸς λαῶνRefs; mostly including both foot and horse, as Refs; but sometimes λαός denotes foot, as opposed to horse, Refs; also, a land army, opposed to a fleet, Refs; also, the common men, opposed to their leaders, Refs; but __2 in Refs 8th c.BC+, almost always means men or people; as subjects of a prince, e.g. Refs 8th c.BC+; λαοὶ ἀγροιῶται country-folk, Refs; work-people, Refs; of sailors, Refs 8th c.BC+ seafaring folk, Refs 5th c.BC+: in singular, slave, τὸν Εὐρυσθέως λεών, of Heracles, Refs 4th c.BC+; and so perhaps λεὼς αὔτοικος Refs, i.e. mankind, Refs 4th c.BC+; λ. ἐγχώριοι the natives,Refs 8th c.BC+; especially in Egypt, of the fellahin, Refs 3rd c.BC+; civil population, opposed to priests and soldiers, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __3 people assembled, as in the theatre, ὁ πολὺς λαῶν ὄχλος Refs 5th c.BC+; especially in the Ecclesia, αἱ στίχες τῶν λαῶν Refs hear O people!—the usual way of beginning proclamations at Athens, like our Refs 6th c.BC+; τιμῶσιν οἱ πάντες λεῴRefs 4th c.BC+; ὁ πολὺς λεώς the multitude, Refs 5th c.BC+ __4 in LXX, of the people, as opposed to priests and Levites, NT; of NT __II a people, i.e. all who are called by one name, first in Refs 5th c.BC+; ἱππόται λαοί, i.e. the Thessalians, Refs 5th c.BC+ people and λᾶος stone (compare λᾶας) is implied in Refs 8th c.BC+; and so Refs 5th c.BC+ explains the word from the legend of Deucalion, Refs 5th c.BC+ (From λᾱϝ-, as shown by the proper noun Λαϝοπτόλεμος Refs

σύν [ῠ], old Attic dialect ξύν; Boeotian dialect σούν Refs 3rd c.BC+; __A σ. ἡρώων Refs 2nd c.AD+:—with. The form ξύν rarely occurs in Refs 8th c.BC+; in Ionic dialect verse we find ξύν Refs 7th c.BC+; in early Ionic dialect Prose (including Inscrr.,Refs 6th c.BC+ is only found in ξυνίημι Refs 5th c.BC+; in the late Ionic of Refs 2nd c.AD+; in Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect it is rare, ξυνοίκην Refs 7th c.BC+; elsewhere Doric dialect σύν, Refs 6th c.BC+ and becomes usual towards the end; after Refs 5th c.BC+; otherwise, of Attic dialect Prose writers Refs 5th c.BC+ a few times in compounds; codices Refs 5th c.BC+; in Refs 5th c.BC+ is very frequently; in Trag. both forms occur. The preposition σύν gradually gave way to μετά with genitive, so that whereas Refs 4th c.BC+ with genitive, the proportions in Refs 5th c.BC+: for these and other statistics see C. Refs 1st c.AD+ T. Mommsen, Beiträge zur Lehre von den griechischen Präpositionen (Frankfurt 1886-95): in Attic dialect Prose and Comedy texts σύν is restricted for the most part to signification 8, 9 and a few phrases, such as σὺν θεῷ, σὺν (τοῖς) ὅπλοι; Xenophon uses it freely, having 556 examples to 275 of μετ; in Papyrus, Refs __A.1 in company with, together with, δεῦρό ποτ᾽ ἤλυθε.. σ. Μενελάῳ NT+8th c.BC+ __A.2 with collateral notion of help or aid, σ. θεῷ with God's help or blessing, as God wills, Refs 8th c.BC+; σ. θεῷ εἰρημένον spoken as by inspiration, Refs 5th c.BC+; so σ. δαίμονι, σ. Ἀθήνῃ καὶ Διί, Refs 8th c.BC+; also θεοῦ σ. παλάμᾳ, σ. θεοῦ τύχᾳ, Refs 5th c.BC+ let him consult with you, Refs 8th c.BC+; ξ. τῇ βουλῇ in consultation with the Council, Refs; σ. τινὶ μάχεσθαι fight at his side, Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. τινὶ εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι to be with another, i.e.on his side, of his party, Refs; οἱ σ. αὐτῷ his friends, followers, NT __A.3 furnished with, endued with, σ. μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω ἄκοιτιν Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.4 of things that belong, or are attached, to a person, σ. νηΐ or σ. νηυσί, i.e. on board ship, Refs 8th c.BC+ (so in Prose, σ. ναυσὶ προσπλεῖν Refs 8th c.BC+; especially of arms, μιν κατέκηε σ. ἔντεσι Refs; ς. (or ξ.) ὅπλοις Refs 5th c.BC+; ς. (or ξ.) τοῖς ὅπλοις Refs 5th c.BC+; in some such cases ς. is little more than expletive, as σ. τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες linesRefs 8th c.BC+ __A.5 of things accompanying, or of concurrent circumstances, ἄνεμος σ. λαίλαπι Refs 8th c.BC+; of coincidence in time, ἄκρᾳ σ. ἑσπέρᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+; καιρῷ σ. ἀτρεκεῖRefs 5th c.BC+; in the course of, κείνῳ σ. ἄματι Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.6 of necessary connexion or consequence, σὺν μεγάλῳ ἀποτεῖσαι to pay with a great loss, i.e. suffer greatly, Refs 8th c.BC+; δημοσίῳ σ. κακῷ with loss to the public, Refs 6th c.BC+; σ. τῷ σῷ ἀγαθῷ to your advantage, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὤλοντο.. σὺν μιάς ματι with pollution, Refs 5th c.BC+; to denote agreement, in accordance with, σ. τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.7 of the instrument or means, with the help of, by means of, σ. ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισα Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.8 including, κεφάλαιον σ. ἐπωνίοις Refs 5th c.BC+; δισχίλιαι γάρ εἰσι (i.e. δραχμαὶ) σ. ταῖς Νικίου Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.9 excluding, apart from, plus, ἓξ ἐμοὶ σ. ἑβδόμῳ six with (but not including) me the seventh, Refs 4th c.BC+together with.., Refs 3rd c.BC+; οἱ γραμματεῖς σ. τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις NT __B POSITION:—σύν sometimes follows its case, Refs 8th c.BC+. It frequently stands between adjective and substantive, as Refs 8th c.BC+; more rarely between substantive and adjective, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.2 frequently in tmesis in Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3 in late Gr. σὺν καὶ with dative, στεφανηφορήσας σ. καὶ Αὐρ. Ἰάσονι Refs 1st c.AD+ __C σύν AS adverb., together, at once, κενεὰς σ. Χεῖρας ἔχοντες Refs 8th c.BC+; mostly followed by δέ or τε, σ. δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν Refs 8th c.BC+. It is sometimes hard to distinguish this from tmesis, e.g. in Refs 8th c.BC+; so ξὺν κακῶς ποιεῖν is ={Ξυγκακοποιεῖν} in Refs 5th c.BC+. In Old Testament Gr. it is sometimes used to translate the Hebrew 'ēth (particle prefixed to the definite accusative) through confusion with the preposition 'ēth 'with', ἐμίσησα σὺν τὴν ζωήν LXX; οὐκ ἐμνήσθη σ. τοῦ ἀνδρόςLXX+2nd c.AD+ __C.2 besides, also, σ. δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ Refs 5th c.BC+; in later Poetry σ. καί Refs 3rd c.BC+ (also in late Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), __D.I with, along with, together, at the same time, hence of any kind of union, connexion, or participation in a thing, and metaphorically of agreement or unity. In Compos. with a transitive Verb σύν may refer to the Object as well as the Subject, as συγκατακτείνειν may mean kill one person as well as another, or, join with another in killing. __D.I.2 of the completion of an action, altogether, completely, as in συνάγνυμι, συνασκέω 2, συνθρύπτω, συγκόπτω, συμπατέω, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, συντέμν; sometimes, therefore, it seems only to strengthen the force of the simple word. __D.I.3 joined with numerals, σύνδυο two together, which sense often becomes distributive, by twos, two and two; so σύντρεις, σύμπεντε, etc., like Latin bini, terni, etc. __D.II σύν in Compos., before β μ π φ ψ, becomes συμ-; before γ κ ξ Χ, συγ-; before λ συλ-; before σ usually συσ-; but becomes συ- before σ followed by a consonant (e.g. συστῆναι), before ζ, and perhaps sometimes before ξ. In a poetry passage, cited in Refs 5th c.BC+

יַחְדָּו92 (Je 46:12, 21; 49:3 יַחְדָּיו), adv. together (proposes (in) his or its unitednesses (cf. Arabic وَحْدَهُ alone; and for the form אַשְׁרָיו), but, the orig. of the term. being forgotten, applied gen. as an adv., without regard to number, gender, or person: so Ges Ol§ 135 c Sta§ 370 a)—together: a. of community in action, ψ 34:4 ונרוממה שׁמו יחדו let us exalt his name together, Is 52:9, with נוֹעַץ take counsel, 45:21 ψ 71:10; 83:6 Ne 6:7; נִצָּה to struggle Dt 25:11; in place, as with ישׁב Gn 13:6 Dt 25:5, הלך Gn 22:6, 8 Am 3:3, בוא Je 3:18 Jb 9:32, קרב Is 41:1, נפל 2 S 2:16, אכל Ju 19:6 Je 41:1, התקבץ Jos 9:2, נאסף Ju 6:33, etc.; Dt 22:10 בשׁור ובחמור יחדו; coupling pairs, and so strengthening וְ (mostly poet.), v 11 Am 1:15 הוא ושׂריו יחדו (cf. Je 48:7 Qr [Kt יחד], 49:3) Je 6:11, 12 שׂדות ונשׁים י׳, v 21 (accents), 13:14; 31:8, 13; 50:4, 33 Is 41:19, cf. 65:7; in time (rare: but v. infr.), ψ 4:9 in peace יחדו אשׁכבה ואישׁן will I at once lie down and sleep (i.e. lie down and fall asleep immediately). b. emph. (especially poet.) = all together 1 S 31:6, Is 10:8 הלא שׂרי יחדו מלכים are not my princes all together, all alike, kings? 18:6; 40:5; 41:20, 23; 45:16 (‖ כֻּלָּם), 46:2 קרסו כרעו יחדו, 48:13; 66:17 ψ 14:3 (‖ הַכֹּל), 19:10 צדקו יחדו (of J.’s ordinances), 35:26; 37:38; sometimes (like יַחַד b) suggesting all at once, as well as all together, Ex 19:8 ויענו כל העם יחדו (so, with כל, Is 22:3; 31:3 Zc 10:4), Is 1:28, 31 ובערו שׁניהם יחדו. Prefixed to a clause (like יחד), Dt 33:17 (cf. יחד v 5), Is 9:20; 11:7, 14; 31:3; 43:17; 45:16; 52:8 Je 46:12; 51:38 La 2:8 Jb 24:17 (strengthening לָמוֹ). c. alike, the one as well as the other, Dt 12:22 (= 15:22) the unclean and the clean alike may eat it, 1 S 30:24 יַחְדָּו יַחֲלֹֽקוּ׃ they shall share together, i.e. alike.

גֵּר92 n.m. Ex 12:48 sojourner (Arabic جَارٌ, Ethiopic ግዩር, ጎር Aramaic ܓܝܻܘܽܪ, גִּיּוֹר, proselyte, גַּיֵּר proselytize, Ph. גר in n.pr., & pl. גרם)—גֵּר Gn 15:13 + 74 times; sf. גֵּרְךָ Ex 20:10 + 4 times, גֵּרוֹ Dt 1:16; pl. גֵּרִים Ex 22:20 + 9 times, גֵּירִים 2 Ch 2:16;— 1. sojourner, temporary dweller, new-comer (no inherited rights), cf. Ex 12:19 Lv 24:16 Nu 15:30 Jos 8:33 (opp. homeborn); of Abraham at Hebron Gn 23:4 (P; ‖ תּוֹשָׁב); Moses in desert Ex 2:22 (J) 18:3 (E; here explan. of name Gershom, Moses’ son); as claiming hospitality Jb 31:32; perhaps in above cases, and certainly in general, with technical sense; fig. of Yahweh Je 14:8; of Israel in Egypt Gn 15:13 Ex 22:20; 23:9 (all JE) Lv 19:34 (H) Dt 10:19; 23:8; גֵּרִים with Yahweh Lv 25:23 (H) 1 Ch 29:15 ψ 39:13 (in all ‖ תּוֹשָׁב) cf. 119:19. 2. usually of גֵּרִים in Israel 2 S 1:13 (Amalekite) cf. Jos 8:33, 35 (E) 20:9 (P) Is 14:1; dwellers in Israel with certain conceded, not inherited rights (cf. RSOTJC 434; 2nd ed. 342. n.; K 42; Sem 75 f. StaGesch. i. 400). The גֵּר is to share in Sabbath rest Ex 20:10; 23:12 (both JE) Dt 5:14; otherwise he is to have like obligations with Israel Ex 12:19, 48, 49 Lv 16:29 (all P) Lv 17:8, 10, 12, 13, 15; 18:26; 20:2; 22:18; 24:16, 22 (all H) Nu 9:14(×2); 15:14, 15(×2), 16, 26, 29, 30; 19:10; 35:15 (all P) Ez 14:7; similar rights Dt 1:16 Ez 14:22, 23; and like privileges Dt 16:11, 14; 26:11; 29:10; 31:12 cf. 2 Ch 30:25; very rarely any distinction made, in obligation Lv 25:47(×3) (H), in permissible food Dt 14:21; in future success Dt 28:43; kindness to גֵּר frequently enjoined: Lv 19:10 (‖ עָנִי), 23:22 (‖ id.) 19:34 (all H); Dt 10:18, 19; 14:29; 24:19, 20, 21; 26:12, 13 (all ‖ יָתוֹם וְאַלְמָנָה); oppression prohibited Lv 19:33 (H) Dt 24:14; Ex 22:20; 23:9(×2) (JE) Dt 24:17; 27:19 Je 7:6; 22:3 Zc 7:10 (these eight ‖ יָתוֹם וְאַלְמָנָה); obj. of care to י׳ ψ 146:9 (‖ id.); charge that גֵּר has been oppressed Ez 22:7 Mal 3:5 (both ‖ id.); also Ez 22:29 (‖ עָנִי וְאֶבְיוֹן), ψ 94:6; cf. also command that a poor brother be treated like גֵּר, i.e. kindly, Lv 25:35 (H). Latest conception somewhat different: גֵּר 1 Ch 22:2 2 Ch 2:16 (הַגֵּירִים) gathered for hard service; yet cf. 2 Ch 30:25. (Often c. verb. cogn. Ex 12:48, 49 Lv 16:29; 17:8, 10, 12, 13; 18:26; 19:33; 20:2 Nu 9:14; 15:14, 15, 16, 26, 29; 19:10 Jos 20:9 Ez 14:22, 23; often ‖ תּוֹשָׁב Gn 23:4 Lv 25:23, 35, 47 1 Ch 29:15 ψ 39:13).

אֱמֹרִי n.pr.m.coll. (construed as pl. Dt 3:9 + 5 times) Amorites (perhaps = mountain-dwellers, cf. Nu 13:29; Dt 1:7, 19 f. etc. & Di Gn 10:16 al.)—always c. art., except Nu 21:29; Ez 16:45. Meaning mountain-dwellers very dub.; on א׳ = Egyptian ʾA-ma-ra v. WMMAs. u. Eur. 229 ff., = TelAm. and Assyrian Amurru, v. WklTelAm. 36 JastrEB Canaan, § 10 SayHastDB Amorites al.; cf. also GFM; Ju 4,5 Dr Dt 1:7 Gray Nu 13:29. 1. called son of Canaan Gn 10:16 (J) 1 Ch 1:14 = 2. a chief people dispossessed by Hebrews; (a) living E. of Jordan Nu 21:13,(×2), 25 + 9 times Nu + Jos 24:8 (all E), cf. Jos 2:10; 9:10 (JE) Dt 1:4; 3:2, 9 + 7 times D; also Ju 10:8, 11; 11:19, 21, 22, 23; 1 K 4:19 ψ 135:11; 136:19 (Sihon their king Nu 21:21 +; Sihon & Og Dt 3:8 +); (b) living W. of Jordan Jos 10:5, 6; 24:12, 15, 18 (all E), cf. 7:7 (JE); 5:1; 10:12 (both D; cf. also 13:4, q. del. Di) Ju 1:34, 35, 36; 6:10; 1 K 21:26; 2 K 21:11 cf. 1 S 7:14; 2 S 21:2; (c) living in south Dt 1:7, 19, 20, 27, 44; cf. Gn 14:7 (W. of Dead Sea); (d) in gen. = ancient inhabitants of Canaan Gn 15:16 (J or R) 48:22 (E) Am 2:9, 10; (e) named in list of Canaanitish peoples, to be dispossessed by Isr. Ex 3:8, 17; 13:5; 33:2; 34:11; Jos 3:10; 9:1 (all J); Dt 7:1; 20:17 Jos 11:3; 12:8 (all D); Ex 23:23; Nu 13:29; Jos 24:11 (all E); Ju 3:5; 1 K 9:20; 2 Ch 8:7; Ezr 9:1; Ne 9:8; cf. Ez 16:3, 45; (on these lists cf. BuUrgesch 344 ff. & WeJBTh xxi. 602.) 3. adj.gent. sg. Gn 14:13; Dt 2:24.

† I. בַּעַל166 n.m. owner, lord (Ph. בעל; Palm. id. husband Vog62 cf. BaeRel. 72 ff.; Assyrian bêlu l.c. DlGram. Gloss.; Arabic بعْلٌ husband etc., v. especially NöZMG 1886, 174, Sab. בעל CISiv. 1, 2)—Gn 20:3 + 92 times; sf. בַּעְלִי Ho 2:18; בַּעְלָהּ Dt 24:4 + 5 times; pl. בְּעָלִים Ju 2:11 + 17 times; cstr. בַּעֲלֵי Gn 14:13 + 27 times; sf. בְּעָלָיו Ex 21:29 + 14 times; בְּעָלֶיהָ Jb 31:39 + 2 times; בַּעְלֵיהֶן Est 1:17, 20;— I. 1. owner (often pl. c. sf. in sg. meaning): of ox Ex 21:28, 29(×2); 22:10, 11, 13, 14 (E); ב׳ הבור of pit Ex 21:34, 36 (E), of house Ex 22:7 (E) Ju 19:22, 23, debt Dt 15:2, the land Jb 31:39, the ass Is 1:3, goods Ec 5:10, riches Ec 5:12; ב׳ טוב one to whom good is due Pr 3:27, gain Pr 1:19; ב׳ שׂכל one having understanding Pr 16:22; ב׳ השׁחד receiver of the gift Pr 17:8. 2. husband Gn 20:3 Ex 21:3, 32 (E) Dt 22:22; 24:4 2 S 11:26 Jo 1:8 Pr 12:4; 31:11, 23, 28 Est 1:17, 20; בַּעְלִי Ho 2:18 (my Baal, reference to the divine name used in the northern kingdom, here for the first time forbidden). 3. citizens, inhabitants: בַּעֲלֵי of Jericho Jos 24:11 (E), of the high places of Arnon Nu 21:28 (E), of Shechem Ju 9:2 + 12 times, of the tower of Shechem Ju 9:46, 47, of the city Ju 9:51, of Gibeah Ju 20:5, of Keilah 1 S 23:11, 12, of Jabesh 2 S 21:12. 4. rulers, lords: בַּעֲלֵי גוֹיִם Is 16:8. 5. n. of relation: a. בַּעַל: ב׳ החלמות dreamer Gn 37:19 (E); ב׳ דברים whosoever hath cases, complaints Ex 24:14 (E); ב׳ שׂער an hairy man 2 K 1:8; ב׳ חמה wrathful Na 1:2 Pr 29:22; ב׳ אף one given to anger Pr 22:24; ב׳ החכמה one having wisdom Ec 7:12; ב׳ משׁחית destroyer Pr 18:9; ב׳ כנף winged thing, bird Pr 1:17 Ec 10:20; ב׳ נפשׁ one given to appetite Pr 23:2; ב׳ מזמות mischievous person Pr 24:8; ב׳ הלשׁון charmer Ec 10:11; ב׳ רשׁע one given to wickedness Ec 8:8; ב׳ פיפיות double-edged Is 41:15; ב׳ משׁפט adversary Is 50:8; ב׳ פקדת captain of the ward Je 37:13; ב׳ הקרנים two-horned Dn 8:6, 20. b. בַּעֲלֵי: בּ׳ בְּרִית confederates Gn 14:13; ב׳ חצים archers Gn 49:23 (poet.) ב׳ הפרשׁים horsemen 2 S 1:6; ב׳ שׁבועה conspirators Ne 6:18; ב׳ אספות members of assemblies; or well-grouped sayings; or collectors (of wise sentences) Ec 12:11.—On 2 S 6:2 v. ii. בַּעֲלָה²" dir="rtl" >בַּעֲלָה. (בַּעַל in Hex not J or P; בעל Lv 21:4 𝔊 ἐξάπινα = כבלּע Nu 4:20: Di בְּאֵבֶל). Especially II. lord, specif. as divine name, †Baal. 1. without article: במות בעל Nu 22:41 (poet. Balaam); בעל פעור Nu 25:3, 5 (E) Dt 4:3 (vid. below). This divine name is not used elsewhere in Hex. It probably originated from the sense of divine ownership, rather than sovereignty (RSSem 92). It seems to have been used in Northern Israel = אדון in the South. It was the special name of the God of the Canaanites, Philistines, etc., = Babylonian בֵּל, cf. SchrSK 1874, 335 ff. In later times scribes substituted בֹּשֶׁת, in n.pr. (ירבשׁת = ירבעל, אשׁבשׁת = אשׁבעל, vid. בֹּשֶׁת, GeiZMG 1862, 728 ff.), & also in the text for בעל Ho 9:10 Je 11:13 (hence ἡ βάαλ Je 2:23; 7:9; 11:13, 17; 19:5 Ho 2:10; 13:1 +, Rom 11:4, see DiBaal mit d. weib. Artikel, MBA 1881, June 16 Dr 2 S 4:4). 2. c. art.: הַבַּעַל Ju 2:13; 6:25, 28, 30, 31, 32 1 K 16:31, 32(×2); 18:19, 21, 22, 25, 26(×2), 40; 19:18; 22:54 2 K 3:2; 10:18, 19(×2), 20, 21(×3), 22, 23(×3), 25, 26, 27(×2), 28; 11:18(×2); 17:16; 21:3; 23:4, 5 2 Ch 23:17(×2) Je 2:8; 7:9; 11:13, 17; 12:16; 19:5(×2); 23:13, 27; 32:29, 35 Ho 2:10; 13:1 Zp 1:4. 3. הַבְּעָלִים emphatic pl. (cf. האלהים, האדונים) the great lord, the sovereign owner Ju 2:11; 3:7; 8:33; 10:6, 10 1 S 7:4; 12:10 1 K 18:18 2 Ch 17:3; 24:7; 28:2; 33:3; 34:4 Je 2:23; 9:13 Ho 2:15, 19; 11:2 (or local special Baʿals, vid. DrSm. p. 50; pillars of Baal MV). 4. c. attrib.: בַּעַל בְּרִית Lord of covenant Ju 8:33; 9:4 (cf. אל ברית 9:46; NöZMG 1888, 478); ב׳ זְבוּב Lord of flies 2 K 1:2, 3, 6, 16, Philistine god, 𝔊 Βααλ μυῖαν (Beelzebub, Mt 12:24) cf. BaeRel. 25.

† I. יְהוּדִי adj.gent. Jewish, as subst. a Jew;—adj.m. אִישׁ יְהוּדִי Zc 8:23; pl. אֲנָשִׁים יְהוּדִים Jewish men Je 43:9 Est 2:5; as subst. Je 34:9 Est 3:4; הַיְהוּדִי the Jew Est 5:13; 6:10; 8:7; 9:29, 31; 10:3; f. הַיְּהֻדִיָּה the Jewess 1 Ch 4:18; pl. Jews יְהוּדִים Je 52:28, 30; הַיְּהוּדִים the Jews 2 K 16:6; 25:25 Je 32:12; 38:19; 40:11, 12; 41:3; 44:1 Ne 1:2; 2:16; 3:33, 34; 4:6; 5:1, 8, 17; 6:6; 13:23 Est 3:6, 10, 13; 4:3, 13, 14, 16; 6:13; 8:3, 5, 8, 9(×2), 11, 16, 17(×2); 9:1(×2), 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 16, 19, 20, 22, 23, 24(×2), 25, 27, 28, 30; 10:3; הַיְּהוּדִיי֯ם Est 4:7; 8:1, 7, 13; 9:15, 18.

† I. [זוּר] vb. be a stranger (Arabic زَارَ (med. و incline toward, repair to, visit; ii. honour as visitor or guest; ix. decline, turn aside; زَاىِٔرٌ visitor; Aramaic זוּר, often = Heb. סוּר turn aside, turn aside to visit)— Qal Pf. 3 pl. זֹר֫וּ ψ 58:4 (Köi 445), זָ֫רוּ ψ 78:30 Jb 19:13; Pt. זָר Ex 30:33 + 27 times; f. זָרָה Ex 30:9 + 7 times; mpl. זָרִים Ho 5:7 + 30 times; fpl. זָרוֹת Pr 22:14; 23:33; sf. זָרָ֑יִךְ Is 29:5; 1. Pf. become estranged ψ 58:4, c. מן from Jb 19:13 ψ 78:30. 2. Pt. as adj. strange, or as noun stranger: a. to the family, of another household, אִישׁ זָר Dt 25:5, elsewhere זָר 1 K 3:18 Jb 19:15 Pr 6:1; 11:15; 20:16; 27:13; זָרִים ψ 109:11 Pr 5:10, 17; בנים זרים, children of another household than God’s Ho 5:7; especially of another family than priests’ אִישׁ זֶר Lv 22:12 (H) Nu 17:5 (P); זָר Lv 22:10, 13 (H) Ex 29:33; 30:33 Nu 3:10, 38; 18:7 (P); not belonging to the tribe of Levi, Nu 1:51; 18:4 (P). b. to the person, another Jb 19:27 Pr 14:10; 27:2; זָרָה (אִשָּׁה) strange woman, harlot Pr 2:16; 5:3, 20; 7:5; 22:14; 23:33. c. to the land, foreign, זָרִים foreigners (as such usually enemies) Ho 7:9; 8:7 Is 1:7(×2); 25:2, 5; 29:5; 61:5 Je 5:19; 30:8; 51:2, 51 La 5:2 Ez 7:21; 11:9; 16:32; 28:7, 10; 30:12; 31:12 Jo 4:17 Ob 11 Jb 15:19 ψ 54:5; אֵל זָר foreign god ψ 44:21; 81:10 = זָר Is 43:12; so זָרִים Dt 32:16 and (in fig.) Je 2:25; 3:13; מַיִם זָרִים foreign waters 2 K 19:24 Je 18:14; זְמֹרַת זָר Is 17:10 vine-slip of a stranger; כְּמוֹ־זָר נֶחְשָׁ֑בוּ Ho 8:12 they are regarded as foreign; מַעֲשֵׂהוּ זָר Is 28:21 his work is foreign (as if dealing with enemies). d. strange to the law; קְטֹרֶת זָרָה strange incense Ex 30:9 (P); אֵשׁ זָרָה strange fire Lv 10:1 Nu 3:4; 26:61 (P). Niph. Pf. נָזֹ֫רוּ Is 1:4 Ez 14:5; be estranged Is 1:4, pregn., sq. אָחוֹר (cf. RV); מֵעַל Ez 14:5. Hoph. Pt. מוּזָר estranged ψ 69:9.

† מִצְרִי adj.gent. Egyptian;—ms. מ׳ Gn 39:1 + 16 times; fs. מִצְרִית 16:1 + 3 times; mpl. מִצְרִים 12:12 + 5 times; fpl. מִצְרִיֹּת Ex 1:19;— 1. adj. אִישׁ מ׳=an Egyptian Gn 39:1 Ex 2:11, 19 Lv 24:10 1 S 30:11 2 S 23:30; הָאִישׁ הַמּ׳ 1 Ch 11:23; נַעַר מ׳ 1 S 30:13, עֶבֶד מ׳ 1 Ch 2:34; שִׁפְחָה מִצְרִית Gn 16:1, כַּנָּשִׁים הַמִּצְרִיֹּת Ex 1:19. 2. c. art.=subst. the Egyptian Gn 39:2, 5 Ex 2:12, 14 2 S 23:30(×2) 1 Ch 11:23(×2); so once without art. מִצְרִי Dt 23:8; הַמִּצְרִי once (late) coll.=the Egyptians Ezr 9:1 (where with Canaanitish peoples); pl.=the Egyptians, הָמִּצְרִים Gn 12:12, 14; 43:32 Dt 26:6 Jos 24:7; fs. הָגָר הַמִּצְרִית Hagar the Egyptian woman Gn 16:3; 21:9; 25:12.

† I. כְּנַעֲנִי adj. et nom. gent. of 1. כְּנַעַן;—usually ms. (הַ)כְּנַעֲנִי Gn 38:2 Nu 21:1 +; fs. הַכְּנַעֲנִית Gn 46:10 = Ex 6:15 1 Ch 2:3; mpl.; (הַ)כְּנַעֲנִים Ob 20 Ne 9:24;— 1. adj. אִישׁ כ׳ Gn 38:2 (J). 2. c. art. as subst., a. of individual, הַכּ׳ מֶלֶךְ־עֲרָד Nu 21:1 (J) and hence 33:40 (P or R); f. הַכְּנַעֲנִית Gn 46:10 = Ex 6:15 (P) בַּת־שׁוּעַ הַכְּנַעֲנִית 1 Ch 2:3. b. usually coll. (c. art.) of pre-Isr. inhabitants of כְּנַעַן (q.v.) Gn 12:6; 24:3, 37; 50:11 (all J), Nu 21:3 (J), Jos 13:3 (D), Ju 1:1, 3, 9, 10, 17, many of whom continued to live in the midst of Isr., v 27, 28, 29(×2), 30, 32, 33 Jos 16:10(×2), 17:12, 13, 16, 18 (all JE), 1 K 9:16; pl. only Ob 20, and יֹשְׁבֵי הָאָרֶץ הַכְּנַעֲנִים Ne 9:24; מִשְׁפְּחוֹת הַכּ׳ Gn 10:18, גְּבוּל הַכּ׳ v 19 (both J), אֶרֶץ הַכּ׳ Ex 13:11 (JE), Ez 16:3; often of part of the inhabit., הַכּ׳ וְכָל יֹשְׁבֵי הָאָרֶץ Jos 7:9 (JE), Dt 11:30; with other n.pr.gent., + הַפְּרִזִּי Gn 13:7; 34:30 (both J), Ju 1:4, 5, + הָאֱמֹרִי Dt 1:7 Jos 5:1; 13:4 (all D); + הַחִוִּי 2 S 24:7; + עֲמָלֵקִ(י) Nu 14:25, 43, 45; especially in the list of peoples dispossessed by Isr., Gn 15:21 Ex 3:8, 17; 13:5; 23:23, 28; 33:2; 34:11 Nu 13:29 (הַכּ׳ dwelling by the sea and along Jordan [cf. Dt 1:7; 11:30 Jos 5:1; 11:3; 13:4]; all these JE), Dt 7:1; 20:17 Jos 3:10; 9:1; 11:3; 12:8; 24:11 (all JED), Ju 3:3, 5; hence Ezr 9:1 Ne 9:8. Cf. Dr Dt. p. 11, 13 f., 97, 133.

γραμμᾰτ-εύς, έως, ὁ, secretary, registrar, title of officials at Athens and elsewhere, NT+5th c.BC+; γ. τοῦ θεοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+; also of subordinate officials, clerk, sometimes a term of contempt, ὄλεθρος γ. Refs 4th c.BC+; ἡ γ., in joke, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 metaphorically, recorder, of memory, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 scholar, γ. σαφής Refs 4th c.BC+ __4 one who traces or marks out, of Egyptian embalmers, Refs 1st c.BC+

† I. אָבָה vb. be willing, consent (cf. Assyrian abîtu, desire, DlW, Ethiopic አበየ: refuse, Arabic أَبَى, id., Nejd be willing SoDe Jes 3, p. 26; LCB 1880, 817)— Qal (c. לֹא, אַל except Is 1:19 Jb 39:9; in Hex. rare & only JED, incl. Lv 26:21); Pf. אָבָה Ex 10:27 + אָבוּ Ju 19:25 + 7 times; אָבוּא Is 28:12 (Sta§ 31 R. 2; KöI, 414); Impf. יֹאבֶה Dt 29:19 + 2 times; 2 ms. juss. תֹּבֵא Pr 1:10 (Sta§ 143 e 1 fin; KöI, 576 f) etc.; Pt. אֹבִים Ez 3:7;—be willing, sq. Inf. with ל Ex 10:27 + 29 times; without ל Dt 2:30 + 8 times; subj. י׳ Dt 10:10; 23:6; 29:19 Jos 24:10 2 K 8:19; 13:23; 24:4 2 Ch 21:7; human subj. Gn 24:5, 8 Ju 19:10 2 S 2:21; 13:25; 14:29(×2); 23:16, 17 = 1 Ch 11:18, 19 1 Ch 19:19; in bad sense Ex 10:27 Dt 2:30; 25:7 Ju. 19:25; 20:13 2 S 13:14, 16; especially of perverse Isr. Lv 26:21 Dt 1:26 1 S 15:9 Is 28:12; 30:9; 42:24 Ez 3:7(×2); 20:8; subj. animal, רֵים Jb 39:9; abs. (no Inf.) 2 S 12:17 1 K 20:8; 22:50; cf. Pr 6:35, of jealous man; bad sense Ju 11:17 Is 30:15; good sense 1 S 22:17; 26:23; 31:4 = 1 Ch 10:4 2 S 6:10 Pr 1:10; + vb. fin. Is 1:19 (אִם תֹּאבוּ וּשְׁמַעְתֶּם) consent, yield to, sq. לוֹ Dt 13:9 (good sense); sq. לִי ψ 81:12; sq. לַעֲצָתִי Pr 1:30; sq. acc. תּוֹכַחְתִּי v 25 (all in bad sense).

דָּבַק, דָּבֵק vb. cling, cleave, keep close (NH id., Arabic دَبِقَ, Aramaic דְּבֵק, דְּבַק, ܕܒܶܩ, ܕܒܰܩ )— Qal Pf. דָּבַק 1 K 11:2 + 2 times; וְדָבַק consec. Gn 2:24; דָּבֵ֑ק 2 K 3:3; 3 fs. דָּֽבְקָה Ru 1:14 + 5 times; דָּבֵ֑קָה Job 29:10; 1 s. דָּבַקְתִּי ψ 119:31; 3 pl. דָּֽבְקוּ 2 S 20:2; וְדָֽבְקוּ consec. Dt 28:60; דָּבֵ֑קוּ Jb 41:15; וּדְבַקְתֶּם consec. Jos 23:12; Impf. יִדְבַּק Dt 13:18 + 3 times; 3 fs. תִּדְבַּק 2 K 5:27 ψ 137:6; וַתִּדְבַּק Gn 34:3 + 2 times; sf. תִּדְבָּקַנִי Gn 19:19; 2 ms. תִּדְבָּ֑ק Dt 10:20 Ez 29:4 (del. B Co); 2 fs. תִּדְבָּקִין Ru 2:8, 21; 3 pl. יִדְבְּקוּ Nu 36:7, 9; 2 mpl. תִּדְבָּ֑קוּ Jos 23:8; תִּדְבָּקוּ֑ן Dt 13:5; Inf. cstr. וּלְדָבְקָה־בּוֹ Dt 11:22 + 2 times;—in Hexateuch only JD, except Nu 36:7, 9 (P);— 1. cling, cleave to, a. lit. sq. בְּ Jb 19:20 (bone to skin), so sq. לְ ψ 102:6; sq. אֶל 2 S 23:10 (hand to sword; accidentally om. with other words 1 Ch 11:13 cf. Dr 2 S 23:11), Je 13:11 (girdle to loins), La 4:4 (tongue to roof of mouth, in thirst), so sq. לְ Jb 29:10 ψ 137:6 (as a judgment); so also in metaph. ψ 44:26 דָּֽבְקָה לָאָרֶץ בִּטְנֵנוּ our belly cleaveth to the earth (‖ שָׁחָה לֶעָכָּר נַפְשֵׁנוּ), 119:25 דָּֽבְקָה לֶעָפָר נַפְשִׁי; fish to scales of crocodile (fig. of Pharaoh), sq. בְּ Ez 29:4 (but cf. supr.); abs. (recipr.) of folds of crocodile’s belly Jb 41:15; further of the חֵרֶם remaining in (sticking to) the hand sq. בְּ Dt 13:18; so of spot, stain Jb 31:7. b. so also of abiding on the land of one’s tribe Nu 36:7, 9 (sq. בְּ). c. = remain with, close to sq. עִם Ru 2:8, 21 sq. בְּ v 23. 2. cling, cleave to, a. fig. of loyalty, affection etc., sometimes with idea of physical proximity retained, sq. בְּ Gn 2:24 (J; man to wife) cf. 34:3 (J) 1 K 11:2 Jos 23:12 (D); further Ru 1:14 (Ruth to Naomi); 2 S 20:2 (people to king); especially (sq. בְּ) of cleaving to י׳ Dt 11:22 (‖ אָהֵב, הָלַךְ בְּכָל־דְּרָכָיו) 30:20 (‖ אָהֵב, שָׁמַע בְּקֹלוֹ), Jos 22:5 (‖ אָהֵב, הָלַךְ וגו׳, שָׁמַר מִצְוֹתָיו); cf. further Dt 10:20; 13:5; Jos 23:8 (all D), 2 K 18:6; ψ 63:9 (sq. אַחֲרֵי) & ψ 119:31 דָּבַקְתּי בְעֵֽדְוֹתֶ֑יךָ; so b. of the opposite בְּחַטֹּאות יָֽרָבְעָם … דָּבֵ֑ק 2 K 3:3; c. subj. disease, calamity, sq. בְּ pers. Dt 28:60 2 K 5:27; sq. אַחֲרֵי Je 42:16; sq. acc. Gn 19:19 (J); subj. sin ψ 101:3 (sq. בְּ pers.) Pu. Impf. 3 mpl. יְדֻבָּ֑קוּ pass. of Hiph. 1. sq. בְּ, of crocodile’s scales, they are joined together Jb 41:9 (‖ יִתְלַכְּדוּ); abs. of earth-clods Jb 38:38. Hiph. Pf. 3 fs. sf. הִדְבִּיקָ֑תְהוּ Ju 20:42; 3 pl. sf. הִדְבִּיקֻהוּ 2 S 1:6; 1 s. הִדְבַּקְתִּי Je 13:11; וְהִדְבַּקְתִּי Ez 29:4; Impf. juss. יַדְבֵּק Dt 28:21; וַיַּדְבֵּק Gn 31:23; אַדְבִּיק Ez 3:26; וַיַּדְבִּיקוּ Ju 18:22; 20:45; וַיַּדְבְּקוּ 1 S 14:22 + 2 times (cf. Ges§ 53 R 4 Kö i 210). 1. cause to cling or cleave to, sq. acc. + אֶל, lit. וּלְשׁוֹנְךָ אַדְבִּיק אֶל־חִכֶּ֑ךָ Ez 3:26; v. also 29:4 (sq. acc. + בְּ; lit., but in metaph.); fig. of causing to cleave to י׳ Je 13:11 (sq. acc. + אֶל); cf. further Dt 28:21 (subj. י׳, sq. acc. of disease + בְּ). 2. pursue closely, sq. אַחֲרִי Ju 20:45 1 S 14:22; 1 Ch 10:2 = 1 S 31:2 (sq. acc.); so also 2 S 1:6 (sq. acc.) 3. overtake, sq. acc. Gn 31:23 (E), Ju 18:22; cf. 20:42 (subj. הַמִּלְחָמָה). Hoph. Pt. וּלְשׁוֹנִי מֻדְבָּק מַלְקוֹחָ֑י ψ 22:16 and my tongue is made to cleave (to) my gums; cf. sub Qal 1.

† סֹפֵר, סוֹפֵר n.m. ψ 45:2 enumerator, muster-officer, secretary, scribe (proposes pt. of סָפַר; Aramaic סַפְרָא, ܣܳܦܪܳܐ id., cf. ܣܦܺܝܪ doctus, literatus; Old Aramaic ספרא id., Lzb330 Cook85; Ph. ספר Lzb330);—abs. סֹפֵר Ju 5:14 +, סוֹפֵר 2 S 8:17 +; cstr. סֹפֵר 2 K 12:11 + 2 times, + Je 52:25 (Gie GFM read הַסּ׳ as ‖ 2 K 25:19); pl. סֹפְרִים 1 K 4:3; Je 8:8, סוֹ׳ 1 Ch 2:55; 2 Ch 34:13; cstr. סֹפְרֵי Est 3:12; 8:9;— 1. a. enumerator muster-cfier, in description of leaders of Isr. משְׁבִים בְּשֵׁבֶט ס׳ Ju 5:14. b. king’s official = secretary 2 S 8:17 = 20:25 = 1 Ch 18:16; 2 K 18:18, 37 = Is 36:3, 22; Sol. has two 1 K 4:3 (in all these disting. from מַזְכִּיר); also 2 K 19:2 = Is 37:2; Je 36:10, 12, cf. לִשְׁכַּת הַסּ׳ v 12, 20, 21, בֵּית הַסּ׳ 37:15, 20; acting as treasurer and paymaster 2 K 12:11 = 2 Ch 24:11,—cf. Zadok Ne 13:13;—2 K 22:3, 8, 9, 10, 12 = 2 Ch 34:15, 18, 20; 1 Ch 24:6 (Levite); הַסּ׳ שַׂר הַצָּבָא 2 K 25:19 = Je 52:25 (si vera l. in K) implies military authority (but שַׂר הַצּ׳ perhaps gloss GFM Ju 5:14); Ew Sta al. read (as Je) scribe of general. c. in Persia, secretaries who wrote out (king’s) decrees, according to Est 3:12; 8:9. d. 2 Ch 26:11 uses ס׳ for muster-officer; 1 Ch 2:55 mentions families of סוֹפְרִים; 2 Ch 34:13 knows ס׳ as Levites; ס׳ 1 Ch 27:32 = man of learning. 2. professional class of learned men, ‘scribes,’ able to read and write Je 36:26, 32; with writing implements, עֵט ס׳ מָהִיר ψ 45:2, קֶסֶת הַסּ׳ Ez 9:2, 3, תַּעַר הַסּ׳ Je 36:23; especially learned in the law, and assuming to issue its precepts, עֵט שֶׁקֶר סֹפְרִים 8:8. 3. specif. of Ezra, at once priest (כֹּהֵן) and learned in the law (סֹפֵר), Ezr 7:11, ס׳ דִּבְרֵי מִצְוֹת י׳ v 11 [cf. Aramaic v 12, 21], ס׳ מָהִיר בְּתוֹרַת משֶׁה v 6; Ne 8:1, 4, 9, 13; 12:26, 36.

† [גָּרַשׁ] vb. drive out, cast out (NH id., Aramaic גְּרַשׁ Pa. Ithp. of divorce, MI19 ויגרשה)— Qal Impf. וַיִּגְרְשׁוּ Is 57:20; Inf. sf. מִגְרָשָׁהּ Ez 36:5 infr.; Pt. act. גֹּרֵשׁ Ex 34:11; pass. f. גְּרוּשָׁה Lv 21:7 + 4 times;—cast out, thrust out, י׳, the Amorites Ex 34:11 (JE; c. מִפְּנֵי); waters, mire and dirt רֶפֶשׁ וָטִיט Is 57:20; pass. only of divorced woman Lv 21:7 (sq. מֵאִישָׁהּ; elsewhere with אַלְמָנָה widow), v 14 22:13 (all H), Nu 30:10 (P) Ez 44:22. On מִגְרָשָׁהּ Ez 36:5 as Aramaic Inf. cf. Ges§ 45 e Köf. 166; Co del., on intern. grounds, cf. 𝔊. Niph. Pf. נִגְרָ֑שׁ Is 57:20; 3 fs. וְנִגְרְשָׁה consec. Am. 8:8; נִגְרַשְׁתִּי Jon 2:5;—be driven away, sq. מִנֶּגֶד עֵינֶיךָ, i.e. from the presence of Yahweh Jon 2:5; be driven, tossed, as the Nile Am 8:8; of the sea Is 57:20 rel. cl., אֲשֶׁר om., like the sea that is tossed. Pi. Pf. 3 fs. וְגֵרְשָׁה consec. Ex 23:28; גֵּרַשְׁתָּ Gn 4:14, sf. 3 mpl. וְגֵרַשְׁתָּמוֹ consec. Ex 23:31; וְגֵרַשְׁתִּ֫י Ex 33:2, sf. גֵּרַשְׁתִּיהוּ Ez 31:11 (so 𝔗 𝔙, not 𝔊; cf. Co’s conj.); וְגֵּרַשְׁתִּיו consec. Nu 22:11; 3 pl. sf. גֵּרְשׁוּנִי 1 S 26:19 Impf. יְגָרֵשׁ Ex 11:1, וַיְגָ֫רֶשׁ Gn 3:24 + 6 times; sf. וַיְגָרֲשֵׁהוּ ψ 34:1, יְגָֽרֲשֵׁם Ex 6:1; 2 ms. תְּגָרֵשׁ ψ 80:9, וַתְּגָ֫רֶשׁ Jos 24:12; אֲגָרֵשׁ Ju 2:3, וָֽאֲגָרֵשׁ Ju 6:9; sf. 3 ms. אֲגָֽרְשֶׁנּוּ Ex 23:29, 30; Nu 22:6; אֲגָֽרֲשֵׁם Ho 9:15; וַיְגָֽרֲשׁוּ Ju 11:2; יְגָֽרֲשׁוּהָ Zp 2:4, וַיְגָֽרֲשׁוּם Ex 2:17; 2 mpl. תְּגָֽרֲשׁוּן Mi 2:9, וַתְּגָֽרֲשׁוּנִי Ju 11:7; Inf. cstr. לְגָרֵשׁ 1 Ch 17:21 + ‖ 2 S 7:23 Gei We Dr, for MT לארצך; לְגָֽרֲשֵׁנוּ 2 Ch 20:11; abs. id. Ex 11:1; Imv. גָּרֵשׁ Gn 21:10 Pr 22:10;—drive out, away, Hex all JE, incl. poem Dt 33; (י׳ subj.), Adam from garden Gn 3:24 cf. Cain Gn 4:14 (sq. מִן loc., & so 21 times), David (men subj.) 1 S 26:19, id. (Abimelech subj.) ψ 34:1 (title), Hagar (Abr. subj.) Gn 21:10 cf. scorner, Pr 22:10 daughters of Reuel (subj. shepherds) Ex 2:17; Moses and Aaron from Pharaoh’s presence (indef. subj.) Ex 10:11; Gaal etc. (subj. Zebul) Ju 9:41 (sq. מִן c. Inf.), Jephthah (Gil. subj.) Ju 11:2, 7; Abiathar (subj. Sol.) 1 K 2:27 (sq. מִן c. Inf.) wicked from temple (י׳ subj.) Ho 9:15; women from houses (nobles subj.) Mi 2:9; often of Canaanites (hornet subj.) Ex 23:28; Jos 24:12 cf. Ex 23:31 (Israel subj.); also (י׳ subj.; cf. MI19) Ex 23:29, 30; 33:2; Dt 33:27 Jos 24:18; Ju 2:3; 6:9 ψ 78:55; 80:9; 1 Ch 17:21; of Israel from Egypt (subj. Pharaoh) Ex 6:1; 11:1(×2); from land of Moab (subj. Balak) Nu 22:6, 11; Judah from Canaan (subj. Moab & Ammon) 2 Ch 20:11; Egypt from her land (י׳ subj.) Ez 31:11 (but cf. text, supr.); Ashdod (indef. subj.) Zp 2:4. †Pu. Pf. גֹּרְשׁוּ subj. Israelites Ex 12:39; Impf. יְגֹרָ֑שׁוּ subj. despised and miserable outcasts Jb 30:5 both sq. מִן loc.

† נָכְרִי adj. foreign, alien (NH נָכְרִי = Gentile);—נ׳ abs. m. Zp 1:8 +; f. נָכְרִיָּה Ex 2:22 +; mpl. נָכְרִים Is 2:6 + 2 times + Pr 20:16 Kt (> Qr נָכְרִיָּה), + 27:13 (so read for MT נָכְרִיָּה); fpl. נָכְרִיּוֹת Gn 31:15 +;— 1. a. foreign: עַם נָכְרִי Ex 21:8 (E) a foreign (non-Isr.) people, אִישׁ נ׳ Dt 17:15 (‖ לֹא אָחִיךָ); מַלְבּוּשׁ נ׳ Zp 1:8; אֶרֶץ נָכְרִיָּה Ex 2:22 (J) foreign land, so 18:3 (E); especially נָשִׁים נָכְרִיּוֹת foreign (non-Isr.) women 1 K 11:1, 8; Ezr 10:2, 10, 11, 14, 17, 18, 44; Ne 13:26, 27. b. as subst. נָכְרִי foreigner (non-Isr.) Ju 19:12 (+ אֲשֶׁר לֹא מִבְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל), 1 K 8:41 (+ אֲשֶׁר לֹא מֵעַמְּךָ), = 2 Ch 6:32 (+ id.), 1 K 8:43 = 2 Ch 6:33, Dt 14:21 (‖ גֵּר), 15:3; 23:21 (opp. אָחִיךָ), 29:21 (+ אֲשֶׁר יָבֹא מֵאֶרֶץ רְהוֹקָה); as predicate, 2 S 15:19 (‖ גֹּלָה), נָכְרִיָּה Ru 2:10; pl. נָכְרִים foreigners La 5:2 (‖ זָרִים), Ob 11 (‖ id.); cf. נָכְרִי" dir="rtl" >יַלְדֵי נָכְרִים Is 2:6; fpl. alien women Gn 31:15 (E; i.e. not of one’s father’s family). 2. נָכְרִיָּה foreign woman, as term. techn., in Pr, for harlot (perhaps because harlots were orig. chiefly foreigners): Pr 2:16 (‖ אִשָּׁה זָרָה), 7:5 (‖ id.), 5:20 (‖ זָרָה), 6:24 (‖ אֵשֶׁת רָ֑ע), 23:27 (‖ זוֹנָה).—On 20:16; 27:13 v. infr. 3. fig. unknown, unfamiliar: נָכְרִי הָיִיתִי בְּעֵינֵיהֶם Jb 19:15 an alien am I become in their eyes; נ׳ לִבְנֵי אִמִּי ψ 69:9 (‖ מוּזָר הָיִיתִי לְאֶחָ֑י); אִישׁ נ׳ Ec 6:2; of י׳’s judgment, נָכְרִיָּה עֲבֹדָתוֹ Is 28:21 strange is his task! (‖ זָר מַעֲשֵׂהוּ); גֶּפֶן נָכְרִיָּה Je 2:21 an alien vine (opp. זֶרַע אֱמֶת), fig. of degenerate Israel; as subst., נָכְרִים Pr 20:16 Kt (> Qr נָכְרִיָּה), aliens, persons unknown to him (‖ זָר), so read also (for MT נָכְרִיָּה) ‖ 27:13; cf. 5:10; 27:2.

† יַ֫חַד45 n.[m.] unitedness. 1. as subst. only 1 Ch 12:17 (peculiar) יִהְיֶה־לִּי עֲלֵיכֶם לֵבָב לֳי֑חַד I will have a heart toward you for unitedness, i.e. my heart shall be ready to become one with yours (cf. v 38 לב אחד). 2. elsewhere always in acc. as adv. in union, together (cf. Arabic وَحْدٌ in acc. with sf. in his solitariness = alone)— a. together, of community in action, place, or time (often combined, but one usually more prominent than the others); (1) in action, Jb 38:7 בְּרָן־יַחַד כּוֹכְבֵי בֹקֶר when the stars of God shouted together; Ezr 4:3 we together will build (opp. to you), with נִלְחַם 1 S 17:10, נִשְׁפַּט Is 43:26; (2) in place 1 S 11:11 ולא נשׁארו בם שׁנים יָ֑חַד; 2 S 10:15 וַיֵּאָֽסְפוּ יָ֑חַד ψ 2:2; 31:14; 88:18, 133:1 שֶׁבֶת יַחַד, Is 50:8, as pred. Mi 2:12 יַחַד אֲשִׂימֶנּוּ; (3) in place and time at once, 2 S 21:9 וַיִּפְּלוּ יָ֑חַד and they perished together, 14:16 to destroy אתי ואת בני ��חד; (4) of time alone (poet.) Is 42:14 אֶשֹּׁם וְאֶשְׁאַף יחד I will gasp and pant together, 45:8 Jb 6:2; 10:8; 17:16 read נֵחָ֑ת for נָ֑חַת (v. pp. 94b, 629a); יַחַד here will then belong to (1); ψ 141:10 יחד אנכי עד אעבור while I at the same time pass on. b. all together, altogether (poet. syn. of כֻּלָּם, but more forcible, suggesting often, especially with כל, all at once, as well as altogether), Is 44:11 יפחדו יבשׁו יחד (cf. ψ 40:15), ψ 62:10 הֵמָּה מֵהֶבֶל יַחַד they are all together (made) of vanity, Is 22:3 כל קציניך נדדו יחד (with כל also ψ 41:8 Jb 34:15): often in poet. beginning a clause with emph., Dt 33:5 Jb 3:18 יחד אסירים שׁאננו, 16:10; 19:12 יחד יבאו גדודיו, 24:4; 31:38 ψ 41:8; 98:8 Ho 11:7 (with a neg.), v 8; in connexion with a sf., or obj. of a vb., Is 27:4 אציתנה יָ֑חַד I will burn it altogether, ψ 33:15 הַיֹּצֵר יַחַד לִבָּם who formeth the hearts of them all together, 74:6, 8 Jb 10:8 יַחַד סָבִיב altogether round about (but read perhaps with 𝔊 𝔖 Del Di אַחַר תִּסּוֹב), 40:13. c. together, in the sense of alike, the one as well as the other, ψ 49:3, 11 יחד כסיל ובער יאבדו, Jb 21:26; 34:29. More frequent is

שֹׁעֵר37 n.m. porter (denom. from 1. שַׁעַר);—abs. שׁוֹ׳ 2 Ch 31:14, cstr. שֹׁ׳ 2 K 7:10; 1 Ch 9:21, + f. שׁוֹעֶ֫רֶת 2 S 4:6 (for MT בֹּאוּ עַד תּ[וֹךְ]) We Dr HPS Bu Now after 𝔊 (Th פְּקִידַת דֶּלֶת); pl. שֹׁעֲרִים 2 K 7:11 + cstr. שֹׁעֲרֵי 2 Ch 23:4;—porter of city gate 2 K 7:10, 11 (2 S 18:26 read הַשַּׁעַר 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Th We Dr and most); portress of houses 2 S 4:6 (v. supr.); elsewhere (34 times Ch Ezr Ne) of gate-keepers in sanctuary 1 Ch 9:17, 18, 24 +; 4,000 in no., 23:5; שׁ׳ פֶּתַח לְאֹהֶל מוֹעֵד 9:21; שֹׁעֲרִים בַּסִּפִּים v 22; שׁ׳ לָאָרוֹן 15:23, 24; שֹׁעֲרֵי הַסִּפִּים 2 Ch 23:4; בְּנֵי הַשֹּׁעֲרִים Ezr 2:42.

† לְאֹם, לְאוֹם n.m. Gn 25:23 people, poet. and chiefly late;—ל׳ abs. Gn 25:23(×2) Pr 14:28, לְאוֹם Pr 11:26; sf. לְאוּמִּו Is 51:4; pl. לְאֻמִּים Gn 25:23 + 28 times; לְאוּמִּים Is 55:4;—people, both of Isr. and of Edom, Gn 25:23(×3) (J; Jacob and Esau; ‖ גּוֹי); elsewhere of Isr. only Is 51:4 (sg. ‖ עַם); usually pl. of other peoples:—שְׁאוֹן ל׳ Is 17:12 (‖ הֲמוֹן עמים), cf. v 13; ‖ גּוֹיִם Is 34:1; 43:9; ψ 2:1; 44:3, 15; 105:44; 149:7, cf. Is 55:4(×2) (גּוֹי in v 5); ‖ עַמִּים Gn 27:29 (J), Hb 2:13 Je 51:58 ψ 47:4; 57:10; 67:5(×2); 108:4; Pr 24:24; further Is 41:1; 49:1 (both ‖ אִיִּים), 43:4 (‖ אָדָם), 60:2 (‖ אֶרֶץ), ψ 9:9 (‖ תֵּבֵל), 148:11 (‖ מַלְכֵי אֶרֶץ, etc.); עֲדַת לְאֻמִּים ψ 7:8, הֲמוֹן ל׳ 65:8; of any and all peoples Pr 14:34; sg. indef. = people in gen., as making public opinion, 11:26 (coll., c. pl. vb.); = population, as subjects of prince 14:28 (‖ עַם).

† נֵכָר n.[m.] that which is foreign, foreignness (on format. cf. LagBN 51, 154);—abs. נ׳ Ju 10:16 +, cstr. נֵכַר־ Dt 31:16;—foreignness (of another family, tribe, or nation), especially 1. אֱלֹהֵי (הַ)נֵּכָר = foreign gods Gn 35:2, 4; Jos 24:20, 23 (all E, = א׳ אֲחֵרִים of D, cf. אַחֵר), Ju 10:16; 1 S 7:3; Je 5:19; 2 Ch 33:15; א׳ נֵכַר־הָאָרֶץ Dt 31:16 = foreign gods of the land; sg. אֵל נֵכָר Dt 32:12; Mal 2:11 ψ 81:10; אֱלוֹהַּ נ׳ Dn 11:39. 2. בֶּן־(הַ)נֵּכָר = foreigner Gn 17:12 (‖ לֹא מִזַּרְעֲךָ), v 27 Ex 12:43 (all P), Lv 22:25 (H), Ez 44:9(×2) Ne 9:2; Is 56:3; בְּנֵי (ה)נ׳ 2 S 22:45, 46 = ψ 18:45, 46, Ez 44:7; Is 56:6; 60:10; 61:5; 62:8 ψ 144:7, 11. 3. other combin.: הַבְלֵי נ׳ Je 8:19 foreign vanities (idolatries); מִזְבְּחוֹת הַנּ׳ 2 Ch 14:2 foreign altars; אַדְמַת נ׳ ψ 137:4 foreign soil; מִכָּל־נ׳ Ne 13:30 from everything foreign.

† I. עִבְרִי adj. et n. gent. Hebrew, either a. put into the mouth of foreigners (Egyptian and Philist.), or b. used to distinguish Isr. from foreigners ( = one from beyond, from the other side, i.e. prob. (in Heb. trad.) from beyond the Euphrates (cf. Jos 24:2, 3 E), but poss. in fact (if name given in Canaan) from beyond the Jordan; cf. Ges§ 2 bSta§ 1 b Köi. 18 ff. WeIsr. u. Jüd. Gesch. 7 Kau‘Eber’ and ‘Hebräer’ in RiHWB 332, 600.—On connexion of ע׳ (in wide sense) with Ḫabirû (Tel Am.) v. WklGesch. Isr. 17 ff.; Sem. Studies in Mem. of Kohut, 605 ff. EMeyAegyptica [Ebers], 75 cf. GlaserMVG 1897, 255 ff. KöExp. Times xi. 238; opp. JastrJBL xi (1892), 118 ff. SayMonuments 188, 333 WMMAs. u. Eur. 396);—ms. ע׳ Gn 39:14 +; fs. עִבְרִיָּה Dt 15:12 Je 34:9; mpl. עִבְרִים Gn 43:32 +, עִבְרִיִּים Ex 3:18; fpl. עִבְרִיֹּת Ex 1:15 + 2 times, -וֹת 1:16; word not in P;— 1. adj. a. אִישׁ עִבְרִי Gn 39:14 cf. v 17 (both J), 41:12 (E). b. אִישׁ עִבְרִי Ex 2:11 cf. v 13; 21:2 (all E), Dt 15:12; Je 34:9, 14; f. Dt 15:12; Je 34:9. 2. n. a. Ex 1:16, 19; 2:7 (all f.) 2:6 (all E), 1 S 4:6, 9; 13:19; 14:11; 29:3. b. Gn 40:15 Ex 1:15 (f.; both E), 1 S 13:3; 14:21; Gn 43:32 (J); especially in אֱלֹהֵי הָעִבְרִים Ex 3:18; 5:3; 7:16; 9:1, 13; 10:3 (all J); sg. only אַבְרָם הָע׳ Gn 14:13, ע׳ אָנֹ֑כִי Jon 1:9.—𝔊 Ἐβραῖος, Ἐβραία, Gn 14:13 τῷ περάτῃ.—1 S 13:7 read prob. for וְעִבְרִים וגו׳, וְעָֽבְרוּ מַעְבְּרוֹת הַיַּרְדֵּן (We), or, better, וַיַּעַבְרוּ Dr Kit Löhr; > וְעַם רַב Klo Bu HPS.

διαθήκη, ἡ, (διατίθημι) disposition of property by will, testament, Refs 5th c.BC+; κατὰ διαθήκην by will, Refs 1st c.BC+, etc.: in plural, διαθήκας διαθέσθαι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II αἱ ἀπόρρητοι δ. mystic deposits on which the common weal depended, probably oracles (compare διαθέτης), Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.2 name of an eyesalve, because the recipe was deposited in a temple, Refs 6th c.AD+ __III compact, covenant, ἢν μὴ διαθῶνται διαθήκην ἐμοί LXX+5th c.BC+; καινή, παλαιὰ δ., NT; disposition (with allusion to NT __IV ={διάθεσις}Refs 3rd c.AD+

† I. נָשַׁק vb. kiss (NH id., Assyrian našâku, 𝔗 נְשֵׁיק, נְשַׁק, Syriac ܢܫܰܩ, kiss (orig. smell [نَشِقَ] according to LagNov. Psalt. Spec. 24 f.): Arabic نَسَقَ is fasten together, arrange in order, Ethiopic ንሱቅ pt. ordine dispositus, apte sertus Di 641, poss. akin to II. נשׁק);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. נ׳ 1 K 19:18 2 S 15:5; 3 fs. נָֽשְׁקָה Pr 7:13; 3 pl. נָשָׁ֑קוּ ψ 85:11; Impf. יִשַּׁק Gn 41:40, וַיִּשַּׁק 27:27 +; sf. יִשָּׁקֵ֫נִי Ct 1:2; 1 s. cohort. אֶשֳּׁקָה־ 1 K 19:20; 3 mpl. יִשָּׁק֑וּן Ho 13:2, etc.; Imv. וּשֲׁקָה Gn 27:26; Inf. cstr. נְשָׁק־ 2 S 20:9;—kiss, usually c. לְ pers.: Gn 27:26, 27; 29:11; 50:1 Ex 4:27 (all J), Gn 48:10 Ex 18:7 (both E), 2 S 15:5; 14:33; 19:40; 20:9 1 K 19:20 Pr 7:13 Ru 1:9, 14; so of idol-worship 1 K 19:18 (cf. WeSkizzen iii. 105; Heid. 109), cf. וַתִּשַּׁק יָדִי לְפִי Jb 31:27 and my hand hath kissed my mouth; rarely c. acc. pers. 1 S 20:41 (אִישׁ אֶת־רֵעֵהוּ), sf. pers. 1 S 10:1 Ct 1:2 (+ מִנְּשִׁיקוֹת), 8:1, also Gn 33:4 וַיִּשָּׁקֵהוּ (J; Holz E; wd. suspicious, Di rejects); עֲגָלִים יִשּׁ׳ Ho 13:2 calves do they kiss; שְׂפָתַיִם יִשָּׁ֑ק Pr 24:26 lips he kisses; abs. ψ 85:11 (fig., recipr.).—עַל־פִּיךָ יִשַּׁק Gn 41:40 is dub., Di ‘to thy mouth all my people shall yield’ (fit, adapt themselves, cf. Arabic √), so Kau BuhlLex, but this meaning uncertain, and text perhaps corrupt, v. Di Holz). Pi. Impf. 3 ms. וַיְנַשֵּׁק Gn 32:1; 45:15, וַיְנַשֶּׁק־ 29:13; Imv. mpl. נַשְּׁקוּ־ ψ 2:12; Inf. cstr. נַשֵּׁק Gn 31:28;—kiss = Qal: c. לְ pers. Gn 29:13 (J), 31:28; 32:1; 45:15 (all E); נַשְּׁקוּ־בַר ψ 2:12 is dub., cf. i. בַּר" dir="rtl" >בַּר p. 135 a supr. Hiph. Pt. מַשִּׁיקוֹת Ez 3:13 of wings of cherubim, gently touching each other (c. אֶל־).

† II. [עַם] n.[m.] kinsman* kinsman, later development of i. עַם RSK 58; 2nd ed. 72. (on father’s side) (Arabic عَمٌّ paternal uncle, etc. v. I. עמם; cf. perhaps TelAm. ammu, kinsmen (?); on Nab. עם ancestor cf. Lzb151, 499; v. also especially NesEg 187, ZAW xvi (1896), 322 f. Krenkelib. viii (1888), 280–84);—sf. עַמִּי in בֶּן־עַמִּי (q.v.), and n.pr. sqq.; elsewhere pl. sf. עַמֶּיךָ Nu 27:13; 31:2 (Lv 19:16 read עַמְּךָ 𝔊 Sam), + (poss.) עֲמָמֶיךָ Ju 5:14; עַמָּיו Gn 25:8 + 15 times, עַמֶּיהָ 17:14 + 3 times; read עַמַּי (for MT עַמִּי, 1עַם; cf. Krenkell.c. 281) Gn 49:29 and perhaps Ju 14:3 (cf. Lv 21:14); according to Buhl Kit also 2 K 4:13;—father’s kinsmen: וַיֵּאָסֵף אֶל־עַמָּיו Gn 25:8 (of joining kinsmen in Sheʾôl), so v 17; 35:29; 49:33; Nu 20:24; Dt 32:50, cf. Gn 49:29 (v. supr.), Nu 27:13; 31:2; Dt 32:50 (all P); וְנִכְרְתָה הַנֶּפֶשׁ מֵעַמֶּיהָ Gn 17:14 (severed from living kinsmen), so Lv 7:20, 21, 25, 27; 19:8; 23:29; Nu 9:13, מִקֶּרֶב עַמֶּיהָ Ex 31:14, cf. 30:33, 38; Lv 17:9 (all PH); מֵעַמָּיו יִקַּח אִשָּׁה 21:14 (H), and perhaps Ju 14:3 (sim. 1עַם: [ם—ָ, הּ—ָ] מִקֶּרֶב עַמּוֹ Lv 17:4, 10; 18:29 +); other combin. Ju 5:14 (si vera l., read perhaps בְּעַמֶּ֑ךָ, v. 1.עַם 2 d), Lv 21:1, 4, 15 (H), Ez 18:18 and (perhaps) 2 K 4:13.—בֶּן־עַמִּי (v. p. 122 b) perhaps = son of my kinsman; on n.pr. c. עַם v. GrayProp. N. 41 ff..

συνέρχομαι, future -ελεύσομαιRefs 1st c.AD+; but the Attic dialect future is σύνειμι (εἶμι ibo), which see, with aorist 2 συνῆλθον (Doric dialect participle συνενθόντες Refsperfect συνελήλυθα:—go together or in company, σύν τε δύ᾽ ἐρχομένω Refs 8th c.BC+ __II come together, assemble, meet, Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. ἐς τὠυτό Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς ἓν ἱερόνRefs 5th c.BC+; ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς λόγους σ. Refs 5th c.BC+; σύνελθε πρὸς Θέωνα Refs 1st c.BC+; ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα, i.e. the Dramatic ἀγών, Refs 4th c.BC+; and simply, ξ. τινί have dealings with, Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. χοροῖς take part in.. , Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 in hostile sense, meet in battle, σ. ἐς πεδίον Refs 5th c.BC+; also of the battle, μάχη ὑπό τινων ξυνελθοῦσα engaged in, contested by them, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 come together, be united or banded together, ἐς τὠυτό Refs 5th c.BC+; φίλος φίλῳ ἐς ἓν σ. Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ βίω Phintys [same place]; form a league, of states, Refs 4th c.BC+; come together, after quarrelling, ἀδελφοὶ.. οὔτε ῥᾳδίως σ. Refs 1st c.AD+ __II.3.b of sexual intercourse, σ. τῷ ἀνδρί Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. εἰς ὁμιλίαν τινί, of a woman, Refs 1st c.BC+; frequently of marriage-contracts, Refs 2nd c.AD+, etc.: absolutely, of animals, couple, Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.4 with accusative cognate, ταύτην τὴν στρατείαν ξ. joined in this expedition, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ σὸν λέχος ξυνῆλθον shared thy bed, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III of things, to be joined in one, συνερχόμεν᾽ εἰς ἕν Refs 5th c.BC+; χάρις κείνου τέ σοι κἀμοῦ ξ. Refs 5th c.BC+; τἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τε κἀπὸ σοῦ ἐς ἓν ξ. Refs 5th c.BC+; of one river joining another, Refs 5th c.BC+; of heavenly bodies, to be in conjunction, Refs 4th c.BC+; of a chasm, close, Refs 1st c.AD+; so of a fistula, Refs 1st c.AD+ __III.2 of events, concur, happen together, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῆς τύχης οὕτω σ. Refs 1st c.AD+

γᾰμέω, future γαμέω Refs 8th c.BC+, contraction γαμῶ Refs 5th c.BC+: aorist 1 ἔγημα NT+8th c.BC+perfect γεγάμηκα Refs 5th c.BC+: pluperfect ἐγεγαμήκει Refs 5th c.BC+:—middle, future Epic dialect γαμέσσεται Refs 8th c.BC+ codices, Attic dialect γαμοῦμαι Refs 5th c.BC+: aorist ἐγημάμην Refs 8th c.BC+:—passive, future γαμηθήσομαι Refs 1st c.AD+: aorist ἐγαμήθην Refs 3rd c.BC+: perfect γεγάμημαι Refs 5th c.BC+: pluperfect ἐγεγάμητο Refs 2nd c.AD+: (γάμος):—marry, i.e. take to wife, of the man, Ἀδρήστοιο δ᾽ ἔγημε θυγατρῶν one of his daughters, Refs 8th c.BC+; γ. γυναῖκα ἐς οἰκία, like{ἄγεσθαι}, Refs 5th c.BC+; γῆμαι γέκτρα βασιλέως the king's daughter, Refs 5th c.BC+; also γάμῳ γ. marry in lawful wedlock, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐκ κακοῦ, ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ γῆμαι, marry a wife of mean or noble stock, Refs 6th c.BC+; παρά τινοςRefs 5th c.BC+; ἐπὶ θυγατρὶ γ. ἄλλην γυναῖκα set a stepmother over one's daughter, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπὶ δέκα ταλάντοις τινὰ γαμεῖν marry a wife with a dowry of ten talents, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 of mere sexual intercourse, take for a paramour, Refs 8th c.BC+ __3 later of the woman, ἐὰν γαμήσῃ ἄλλον NT __II middle, give oneself or one's child in marriage: __II.1 of the woman, give herself in marriage, i.e. wed, with dative, γαμέεσθαι τῷ ὅτεῴ τε πατὴρ κέλεται Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰς τύρανν᾽ ἐγημάμην I married into a royal house, Refs 5th c.BC+; γήματο δ᾽ εἰς Μαραθῶνα, i. e. she married Herodes of Marathon, Refs 5th c.BC+: ironically of a henpecked husband, κεῖνος οὐκ ἔγημεν ἀλλ᾽ ἐγήματο Refs 6th c.BC+; so Medea to Jason, μῶν γαμοῦσα.. σ; did I marry you? Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐγημάμην, of a man marrying a rich wife, Refs 4th c.BC+; γαμεῖται ἕκαστος (obscene meaning) Refs 1st c.BC+; incorrectly, in later writers, γημάμενος Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II.2 of parents, get their children married, betroth them, get a wife for the son, Πηλεύς θήν μοι ἔπειτα γυναῖκα γαμέσσεται αὐτός (where Refs 3rd c.BC+ will seek or make suit for) Refs 8th c.BC+ —active aorist 1 ἐγάμησαRefs 4th c.BC+ __III passive, to be taken to wife: hence, marry a husband, [prev. cited] ad [near the start], Refs 4th c.AD+, etc.; rarely in correct authors, Refs 2nd c.AD+

† [חָבַר] vb. unite (usually intr.), be joined, tie a magic knot or spell, charm (NH id.; Ethiopic ኀበረ yet Assyrian [abâru], ubburu, bind, ban (of spells), ibru, friend, and many deriv., DlW 51 ff.; Aramaic ܚܰܒܰܪ, חַבֵּר and many deriv.; cf. Ph. n. חבר associate)— Qal Pf. 3 mpl. חָֽבְרוּ Gn 14:3; Pt. act. m. חֹבֵר Dt 18:11, חוֹבֵר ψ 58:6; fpl. חֹבְרֹת Ex 26:3(×2) + 2 times + Ez 1:9 (cf. infr.), חוֹבְרוֹת Ez 1:11; Pt. pass. cstr. חֲבוּר Ho 4:17 (yet. v. infr.);— 1. unite, be joined: a. of allies, sq. אֶל־ loc. Gn 14:3, constr. praegn. = came as allies unto; pt. pass. fig. חֲבוּר עֲ��ַבִּים אֶפְרָ֖יִם Ho 4:17 Ephr. is joined to idols (but We reads חבר, v. חָבֵר 2 d, and cf. חֲבֵרָיו Is 44:11, חֲבֶרְתְּךָ Mal 2:14). b. of one thing reaching to, touching another; wings of Ezek.’s living creatures sq. אֶל־ rei, Ez 1:9 (del. 𝔊 B Co, but v. Sm); cf. ח׳ אישׁ v 11, i.e. joining each one (trans.), ח׳ אשׁה אל־אחותה (as v 9), united each to the other; so of curtains of tabernacle, sq. אֶל־ rei Ex 26:3(×2); abs. joined together, of shoulder pieces of ephod Ex 28:7; 39:4 (all P; cf. also Pu). 2. tie magic knots, charm (RSJPh. xiv.1885, 123 thinks meaning charm is der. from nectere verba, and comp. Arabic خَبَر, narrative); only c. acc. cogn. ח׳ חָ֑בֶר Dt 18:11 (in a long series of kindred phrases), specif. of charming serpents ψ 58:6 (‖ מְלַחֲשִׁים). Pi. Pf. 3 ms. חִבַּר 36:10; 2 ms. וְחִבַּרְתָּ֫ Ex 26:6 + 2 times; Impf. וַיְחַבֵּר Ex 36:10 + 2 times; sf. וַיְחַבְּרֵהוּ 2 Ch 20:36; Inf. cstr. לְחַבֵּר Ex 36:18;— 1. make an ally of, unite one with, only ויחברהו עִמּוֹ 2 Ch 20:36 and he united him with himself, sq. Inf. of purpose. 2. unite, join (trans.), only Ex (P), of tabern., obj. the curtains, sq. acc. + אֶל־ rei Ex 26:6; 36:10(×2), 13; sq. acc. only 26:9; 36:16; obj. את־האהל join the tent together, 26:11; 36:18. Pu. Pf. 3 ms. חֻבָּ֑ר Ex 39:4, וְחֻבָּ֑ר consec. Ex 28:7 (but v. infr.), 3 fs. שֶׁחֻבְּרָה־ ψ 122:3; Impf. 3 ms. יְחֻבַּר Ec 9:4 Qr (Kt יבחר v. infr.); sf. הַיְחָבְרְךָ ψ 94:20 (Köi. 257 f.; Ges Ew Bö De al. as Qal);— 1. a. be allied with thee (sf. ref. to י׳) ψ 94:20; b. be united to = be one of, מי אשׁר יְח׳ אל כל־הַחַיִּם whoever is united to all the living (Kt יבחר is meaningless) Ec 9:4. 2. be joined together, of ephod עַל־שְׁנֵי קְצוֹותָ֯ו ח׳ Ex 39:4 by its two edges was it joined together; cf. ‖ 28:7 (where MT אֶל־שְׁנֵי קְצוֹתָיו וְחֻבָּ֑ר עַל־שׁ׳ ק׳ יְחֻבָּ֑ר); עִיר שֶׁח׳־לָהּ ψ 122:3 joined together for itself, i.e. compactly built (of Jerusalem). Hiph. Impf. 1 s. אַחְבִּ֫ירָה עליכם בְּמִלִּים Jb 16:4 I could make a joining with words (i.e. join words together RV VB) against you. Hithp. (late) Pf. אֶתְחַבֵּר (Ges§ 54, 1 n.) 2 Ch 20:35; Impf. יִתְחַבָּ֑רוּ Dn 11:6; Inf. sf. הִתְחַבֶּרְךָ 2 Ch 20:37; Aramaic form הִתְחַבְּרוּת Dn 11:23 (Ges§ 54, 3 R. 1);—join oneself to, make an alliance with, sq. עִם pers. 2 Ch 20:35, 37, sq. אֶל־ pers. Dn 11:23; recipr. league together (abs.) Dn 11:6.

† יָעַד vb. appoint (NH id., appoint, assign, especially of acquiring or designating as wife; Aramaic id.; Arabic وَعَدَ promise, threaten, predict, iii. appoint a time or place; perhaps Assyrian ādu, decide, M-A17 DlHWB 230; Ph. n.pr. אשמניעד)— Qal Pf. sf. יְעָדוֹ 2 S 20:5; יְעָרָהּ Ex 21:8 + 2 times; Impf. 3 m. sf. יִיעָדֶנָּה Ex 21:9;—appoint, a time 2 S 20:5; place Je 47:7; a rod Mi 6:9; assign or designate as concubine Ex 21:8, 9 (JE). Niph. Pf. נוֹעַדְתִּי Ex 25:22; נֹעַדְתִּי Ex 29:43; pl. נוֹעֲדוּ ψ 48:5; Nu 10:3, 4; נוֹעָ֑דוּ Am 3:3; Impf. אִוָּעֵד Ex 29:42 + 3 times; 3 pl. וַיִּוָּעֲדוּ Jos 11:5; Jb 2:11; 1 pl. נִוָּעֵד Ne 6:10; וְנ��וָּעֲדָה v 2; Pt. pl. נוֹעָדִים Nu 14:35 + 3 times; נֹעָדִים 16:11;— 1. reflexive, meet at an appointed place, with לְ, of Yahweh meeting Moses at the Tent of ‘Meeting’ Ex 29:42, 43; 30:36 (P); at the throne of the Kapporeth 25:22; 30:6; Nu 17:19 (P). 2. meet by appointment Am 3:3 Jb 2:11; with בְּ of place Ne 6:2; אֶל of place v 10. 3. gather, assemble by appointment, kings for a campaign (abs.) Jos 11:5 (D), ψ 48:5; with אֶל, unto Moses Nu 10:4 (P); to the door of the tent of meeting v 3 (P); with עַל, unto Solomon 1 K 8:5 = 2 Ch 5:6; against Yahweh Nu 14:35; 16:11; 27:3 (P). Poʿēl; Pf. 1 s. יוֹעַדְתִּי (for MT יוֹדַעְתִּי) 1 S 21:3 sq. acc. pers. + אֶל of place, according to 𝔊 We Dr Kit Bu. Hiph. Impf. מִי יוֹעִדֶנִּי Je 50:44 = מִי יֹעִידֶנִּי 49:19 = מִי יוֹעִידֵנִי Jb 9:19 who will make me meet him at the appointed place (of judgment)? i.e. who will summon or arraign me? Hoph. Pt. מוּעָדִים לִפְנֵי Je 24:1 be set, placed before; אָנָה פָנַיִךְ מֻעָדוֹת Ez 21:21 whither thy face is set.

† חִוִּי adj. gent. (= villagers?)— 1. שְׁכֶם בֶּן־חֲמוֹר הַח׳ Gn 34:2 (P), cf. צִבְעוֹן הַח׳ 36:2 (but read rather הַחֹרִי Ol Di cf. 𝔊 Jos 9:7). 2. c. art. as n.pr.coll. הַחִוִּי the Hivvites ‘begotten’ by Canaan Gn 10:17 = 1 Ch 1:15; especially in list of Canaanit. peoples displaced by Hebrews Ex 3:8, 17; 13:5; 23:23, 28; 33:2; 34:11 Dt 7:1; 20:17 Jos 3:10; 9:1; 12:8; 24:11 (all JED), Ju 3:5 1 K 9:20 = 2 Ch 8:7; cf. עָרֵי הַח׳ וְהַכְּנַעֲנִי 2 S 24:7 (note מִבְצַר־צֹר, צִידוֹן, just preceding); applied specif. to Gibeonites Jos 9:7 (JE), 11:19 (D).—In Jos 11:3 Ju 3:3 read prob. הַחִתִּי for הַחִוִּי We Mey BuUrg. 350 v. (partly) 𝔊, Dr on Dt 7:1.

† I. כּוּשָׁי adj.gent. of i. כּוּשׁ;—m. כּוּשִׁי Je 13:23 + 13 times; f. כֻּשִׁית Nu 12:1(×2); pl. כּוּשִׁים Zp 2:12 + 6 times; כֻּשִֿׁים Dn 11:43; כֻּשִׁיִּים Am 9:7;— a. sg. agreeing with noun Nu 12:1(×2) (E; only here fem.); b. = subst., a Cushite Je 13:23. c. id. c. art.; the Cushite, of Joab’s adjutant 2 S 18:21(×2) (where read חַכּ׳, for MT כ׳, We Dr Kit Bu), v 22, 23, 31(×2), 32(×2); in appos. with n.pr. Je 38:7, 10, 12; 39:16 2 Ch 14:8. d. pl. (הַ)כּוּשִׁים = subst. Zp 2:12 2 Ch 12:3; 14:11(×2), 12; 16:8; 21:16; so כֻּשִֿׁים Dn 11:43, כֻּשִׁיִּים (si vera l.) Am 9:7.

† II. עָרַב vb. take on pledge, give in pledge, exchange (NH go surety for (rare); Ph. ערב surety; Old Aramaic ערבא pledge; 𝔗 עֲרַב, Syriac ܥܪܰܒ, go surety for; usually identified with I. ערב—mix, exchange, pledge—but quite uncertain; cf. BuhlLex LagBN 203);— Qal Pf. 3 ms. ע׳ Gn 44:32 + 4 times; 2 ms. עָרַבְתָּ Pr 6:1; Impf. 1 s. sf. אֶעֶרְבֶנּוּ Gn 43:9; Imv. עֲרֹב ψ 119:122, sf. עָרְבֵנִי Is 38:14, so Jb 17:3 (but v. infr.); Inf. cstr. לַעֲרֹב Ez 27:9; Pt. עֹרֵב Pr 17:18, etc.;— 1. c. acc. pers. take on pledge, i.e. go surety for the safety of, Gn 43:9 (J), 44:32 (J; + מֵעִם pers.); for the debts of Pr 11:15; 20:16; 27:13; of God Is 38;14 go surety for me, ψ 119:122, so Jb 17:3 (si vera l., v. עֵרָבוֹן); acc. pers. om., ע׳ לֵ Pr 6:1 go surety to one (in behalf of another, ‖ תָּקַּע לַזָּר כַּפֶּ֑יךָ); c. acc. rei Pr 22:26 (‖ תֹּקְעֵי־כָ֑ף. 2. give in pledge, c. acc. rei Ne 5:3 (i.e. mortgage), fig. ע׳ אֶת־לִבּוֹ Je 30:21 so ע׳ עֲרֻבָּה לִפְנֵי רֵעֵהוּ Pr 17:18 (‖ תֹּקֵעַ כָּ֑ף). 3. exchange (in trade), c. acc. cogn. מַעֲרָבֵךְ Ez 27:9, 27. Hithp. 1. recipr.: Imv. הִתְעָ֫רֶב נָא אֶת־אֲדֹנִי 2 K 18:23 exchange pledges (make a bargain) with my lord = Is 36:8. 2. a. have fellowship with, בְּ pers., Pf. 3 pl. הִתְעָֽרְבוּ Ezr 9:2; Impf. 3 mpl. וַיִּתְעָֽרְבוּ ψ 106:35; 2 ms. תִּתְעָרָ֑ב c. לְ pers. Pr 20:19, c. עִם pers. 24:21. b. share in, בְּ rei, 3 ms. יִתְעָרַב Pr 14:10 in his joy no other shares.

עִם22 prep. with (BH עִם: so 𝔗 Syriac (ܥܰܡ) and general Aramaic);—sf. עִמִּי †Dn 3:32, עִמָּךְ †Ezr 7:13, עִמֵּהּ †Dn 2:22, עִמְּהוֹן †Ezr 5:2;— 1. a. together with, Dn 2:18, 43; 7:13 עִם־עֲנָנֵי שְׁמַיָּא, Ezr 5:2 +; whose dwelling, portion, etc., is with Dn 2:11, 22; 4:12; 5:21. b. to speak with Dn 6:22, to make war with 7:21; to do with (= towards) 3:22 דִּי עֲבַד עִמִּי (cf. ψ 86:17), cf. Ezr 6:8; שַׁוִּי עִם to make like to Dn 5:21. †2. of time, Dn 3:33 = 4:31 עִם־דָּר וְדָר (co-exists) with all generations (cf. BH 1 g); 7:2 עִם־לֵילְיָא during the night.

† שָׁכֵן adj. inhabitant, neighbour;—שׁ׳ Is 33:24 +; cstr. שְׁכַן Ho 10:5; sf. שְׁכֵנוֹ Ex 12:4; שְׁכֵנָ֑יִכְי֯ 2 K 4:3, etc.; f. sf. שְׁכֶנְתָּהּ Ex 3:22; fpl. שְׁכֵנוֹת Ru 4:17;— 1. inhabitant, Is 33:24 Ho 10:5. 2. neighbour: woman Ex 3:22 (E); pl. Ru 4:17; man Ex 12:4 (P) Je 6:21; Pr 27:10, pl. 2 K 4:3; of places Dt 1:7; nations, to Judah Ez 16:26 ψ 79:12; הֶרְפָּה לִשְׁכֵנֵי(נוּ) 44:14; 79:4, cf. 31:12; 89:42; מָדוֹן לשׁ׳ 80:7; to Edom Je 49:10; to Sodom v 18; 50:40; to י׳ 11:14 (because to people).

† חָתָן n.m. daughter’s husband, bridegroom (as one who undergoes circumcision, v. supr.; NH id.; Aramaic חַתְנָא, and ܚܰܬܢܳܐ (also sister’s husband, etc.); vulg.Ar. خَتَنٌ daughter’s husband, then more gen. wife’s and husband’s relations; Sab. (Liḥyân) חֿתן daughter’s husband DHMEpigr. Denkm. 87; Assyrian ḫatanu, daughter’s husband COTGloss.)—abs. ח׳ 1 S 18:18 + 10 times + Gn 19:12 (where read חֲתָנֶיךָ 𝔊 Ol Di); cstr. חֲתַן Ex 4:25 + 4 times; sf. חֲתָנוֹ Ju 19:5; חֲתָנָיו Gn 19:14(×2);— 1. in relation to a father, daughter’s husband, or bridegroom Gn 19:12, 14 (ח׳ לֹקְחֵי בְּנֹתָיו), v 14 (all J), Ju 15:6; 19:5 1 S 18:18; 22:14 Ne 6:18; 13:28; v. also חֲתַן בֵּית אַחְאָב 2 K 8:27 son-in-law of the house of Ahab, said of Ahaziah, whose mother Athaliah was the daughter of Ahab. 2. in relation to the bride, bridegroom ח׳ דָּמִים אַתָּה לִי Ex 4:25 a bloody bridegroom art thou to me, cf. v 26 (J; on this v. WeProl. 1886, 355); ‖ כַּלָּה Je 7:34; 16:9; 25:10; 33:11 Jo 2:16; in sim. of י׳’s work for and delight in his people Is 61:10; 62:5; of sun ψ 19:6.

κοινων-ία, ἡ, communion, association, partnership, κ. μαλθακά Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ περὶ.. ἀνθρώπους πρὸς ἀλλήλους κ.Refs; ἀνθρωπίνη κ. human society, Refs 4th c.BC+; fellowship, NT; ἡ πρὸς τὸν Δία κ. Refs 2nd c.AD+ __b joint-ownership, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 with genitive objecti, λυγραὶ.. τῶν ὅπλων κ. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ ἡδονῆς τε καὶ λύπης κ. συνδεῖRefs 4th c.BC+; βίου, of marriage, NT+6th c.AD+; τίς θαλάσσης βουκόλοις κ.; what have herdsmen to do with the sea? Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς δαὶ κατόπτρου καὶ ξίφους κ.; Refs 5th c.BC+; opposed to ἀκοινωνησία, Refs 5th c.AD+ __II sexual intercourse, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III charitable contribution, alms, NT __III.2 charitable disposition, opposed to πλεονεξία, Refs __IV Refs 4th c.BC+

† [מֵישָׁר] n.m. evenness, uprightness, equity;—only pl.: מֵשָׁרִים Pr 1:3; elsewhere מֵישָׁרִים Is 26:7 + 17 times;— 1. evenness, level Is 26:7, of path of righteous (in the future), fig. for free from difficulties; smoothness, of the flow of wine, בְּמ׳ Pr 23:31; למ׳ Ct 7:10; 2. in ethical sense, uprightness, equity, as taught in the school of wisdom Pr 8:6, ‖ צֶדֶק 1:3; 2:9; of government (ב)מ׳ ψ 9:9; 58:2; 75:3; 96:10; 98:9; 99:4; of speech Is 33:15 Pr 23:16; of Yahweh’s promises Is 45:19; רצה מ׳ 1 Ch 29:17 have pleasure in equity; עשׂה מ׳ Dn 11:6 make an equitable arrangement. 3. adv. rightly, with חזה ψ 17:2; אהב Ct 1:4.

† אֶזְרָח n.m. ψ 37, 35 a native (one arising from the soil; = ‘free tribesman’ RSSemi. 75)—abs. א׳ Lv 19:34 + 13 times; cstr. אֶזְרַח Ex 12:19 + 2 times;— 1. a native Israelite, usually coll., c. art., כל־הָא׳ בישׂראל Lv 23:42 (H), cf. Nu 15:13 (P); elsewhere opp. גֵּר (q.v.):—הָא׳ בִּבְנֵי ישׂר׳ Nu 15:29 (P), cf. Ez 47:22; אֶזְרַח הָאָרֶץ Ex 12:19, 48 Nu 9:14 (all P); א׳ מִכֶּם Lv 19:34 v. also 17:15; 18:26; 24:16, 22 (all H); Ex 12:49 Lv 16:29 Nu 15:30 (all P), Jos 8:33 (D). 2. a native tree, growing in its natural soil א׳ רַעֲנָן ψ 37:35 (fig. of prosperous wicked).

† שָׂכִיר adj. hired;—abs. שׂ׳ Ex 12:45 +, f. שְׂכִירָה Is 7:20; cstr. שְׂכִיר Lv 25:53; sf. שְׂכִירְךָ v 6; pl. sf. שְׂכִרֶיהָ Je 46:21;— 1. hired, of beast Ex 22:14 (E), razor Is 7:20 (fig.). 2. usually as subst. hireling, hired labourer Dt 15:18; 24:14; Lv 19:13; 22:10; 25:6, 40, 53 (all H), Ex 12:45; Lv 25:50 (both P), Mal 3:5; Jb 7:1, 2; 14:6; כִּשְׁנֵי שׂ׳ Is 16:14 years like a hireling’s years (reckoned strictly), so 21:16; mercenaries Je 46:21.

γάμος [ᾰ], ὁ, wedding, Refs 8th c.BC+; γάμον τεύχειν furnish forth a wedding, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀρτύεινRefs 4th c.BC+; of a single wedding, οἰκοσίτους τοὺς γ. ποιεῖσθαι NT+4th c.BC+ __II marriage, wedlock, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸν Οἰνέως γ. the marriage granted by O., Refs 5th c.BC+, i.e. prostitution, Refs 4th c.BC+; Πανὸς ἀναβοᾷ γάμους, i.e. rape, Refs 5th c.BC+; of unlawful wedlock, as of Paris and Helen, Refs 5th c.BC+, do not establish the sense of a wife; for Refs 5th c.BC+ __III ἱερὸς γ. ritual marriage, Refs 4th c.BC+; name of play by Ale.Comedy texts __IV Refs 4th c.BC+ name for three, Refs; for five, Refs 1st c.AD+ __V Γάμος personified, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __VI name of month at Epidaurus, Refs. (Perh. akin to Sanskrit jāmís 'brother or sister', Latin geminus.)

νυμφ-ίος, ὁ, bridegroom, παιδὸς ὀδύρεται ὀστέα καίων νυμφίου Refs 8th c.BC+; opposed to νύμφη, Refs 5th c.BC+ to the bridal pair, Refs 5th c.BC+; νυμφίοισι παρθένοις occurs in Ps.-Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 son-in-law, LXX __II as adjective νύμφιος, α, ον, bridal, τράπεζα νυμφία Refs 5th c.BC+

συνίστημι, also συνιστάνω Refs 2nd c.BC+; συνιστάω NT+4th c.BC+; imperfect συνίστα Refs 2nd c.BC+imperfect συνίστην, future συστήσω, aorist 1 συνέστησα: transitive perfect συνέστᾰκα, found only in later texts, Refs 1st c.AD+:—set together, combine, τὰς χορδὰς ἀλλήλαις Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰς ἄρκυς καὶ τὰ δίκτυα falsa lectio in Refs 5th c.BC+ __II combine, associate, unite, σ. τοὺς Ἀρκάδας ἐπὶ τῇ Σπάρτῃ Refs 5th c.BC+; ταύτας (i.e. τὰς πόλεις) Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.b σ. Ἀσίην ἑωυτῷ unite Asia in dependence on himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; μαντικὴν ἑωυτῷ συστῆσαι bring prophetic art into union with himself, i.e. win, acquire it, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III put together, organize, frame, ζῷον ἔμψυχον Refs 5th c.BC+; πρᾶγμα ὁτιοῦν ἐκ μοχθηρῶν καὶ χρηστῶν σ. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἑταιρείαν Legal cited in Refs 4th c.BC+ —middle, τοῖς ἑτέραν αἵρεσιν (school) συστησαμένοις Refs 2nd c.AD+ __III.2 contrive, σ. θάνατον ἐπί τινι Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. τιμάς settle prices, Refs 4th c.BC+ __III.3 middle in these senses, τὸ ὅλον συνίστασθαι Refs 5th c.BC+: mostly aorist 1, μὴ ἐκ χρηστῶν καὶ κακῶν ἀνθρώπων συστήσηται πόλιν Refs 5th c.BC+; πᾶν τόδεRefs 5th c.BC+; πολιορκίαν Refs 2nd c.BC+; ἀηδίαν Refs 2nd c.AD+; οὐδένα λόγον συνισταμένη πρὸς ἡμᾶς rendering no account to us. Refs 2nd c.BC+; σ. ἀγῶνας Refs 1st c.AD+; ναυτικὰς δυνάμεις, μισθοφόρους, Refs 2nd c.BC+; also, arrange in order of battle, rally, Refs 1st c.BC+ __III.4 in Mathematics texts, erect two straight lines from points on a given straight line so as to meet and form a triangle, in passive, Refs 4th c.BC+; of two arcs of great circles on a sphere, Refs __III.5 of an author, compose, μύθους, τὴν Ὀδύσσειαν, etc., Refs 4th c.BC+ __IV bring together as friends, introduce or recommend one to another, τινάς τινι Refs 5th c.BC+; ἵνα τῳ τῶν.. σοφιστῶν.. συστήσω τουτονί, as a pupil, Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, συνεστάθη Κύρῳ Refs 5th c.BC+; Κύρῳ συσταθησόμενοςRefs 3rd c.BC+; ἔχειν τινὰ συνεσταμένον, συνιστάμενον, regard him as introduced or recommended, Refs 1st c.AD+ __IV.b recommend, secure approval of a course of action, Refs 5th c.BC+:— middle, recommend persons for appointment, Refs 4th c.AD+ __IV.c τὸ οἰκεῖον συνιστάναι bring about intimacy, Refs 4th c.BC+ __IV.d place in the charge of, συνέστησεν ὁ ἀρχιδεσμώτης τῷ Ἰωσὴφ αὐτούς LXX+2nd c.AD+ __IV.e appoint to a charge, LXX; appoint a representative, σ. ἀντ᾽ ἐμαυτῆς τὸν ἕτερον ἐμοῦ ἀδελφόν Refs 2nd c.AD+; συνέστησά σε φροντιοῦντά μου τῶν ὑπαρχόντων Refs 2nd c.AD+:—passive, Refs 2nd c.BC+; ἐπίτροπος συσταθείς Refs 3rd c.AD+; συσταθεὶς συνήγορος Refs 1st c.AD+ __IV.2 of a debtor, offer another as a guarantee, τινί τινα Refs 5th c.BC+infinitive, συστήσαντος ἀποδοῦναι introduce the party who was to pay, Refs 4th c.BC+: with accusative of things, guarantee a loan, ἃς (i.e. δραχμὰς) συνέστησεν Ἀρτεμίδωρος ἀργυ (ρίου) Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἃς (i.e. δραχμὰς) παρὰ Ἱέρωνος συνεστήσαμεν Refs 3rd c.BC+; Σέλευκός μου αὐτοὺς (i.e. τοὺς τρεῖς στατῆρας) ἐκκέκρουκε λέγων ὅτι συνέστακας ἑαυτῷ Refs 1st c.AD+ __V make solid or firm, brace up, τὸ σῶμα Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. [τὰ ἴχνη] sets them, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὑπὲρ τοῦ συνεστῶτος [τοῦ τείχους], i.e. the unbroken part, Refs 4th c.AD+; contract, condense, opposed to διακρίνω or διαλύω, Refs 4th c.BC+; of liquids, make them congeal, curdle, γάλα Refs 5th c.BC+ with a frown, Refs 1st c.AD+ __VI exhibit, give proof of, εὔνοιαν Refs 2nd c.BC+: with accusative et infinitive, Refs 1st c.BC+: with participle, σ. τινὰς ὄντας Refs __VI.2 prove, establish, Refs 1st c.BC+ __B passive, with aorist 2 active συνέστην: perfect συνέστηκα, participle συνεστηκώς, contraction συνεστώς, ῶσα, ώς or ός Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect συνεστεώς, εῶσα (neuter not found), Refs 5th c.BC+: future συσταθήσομαι Refs 5th c.BC+; future middle ξυστήσομαι Refs 5th c.BC+aorist passive συνεστάθην [ᾰ] Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.:—stand together, περὶ τὸν τρίποδα (of statues) Refs 5th c.BC+; opposed to διίστασθαι, Refs 5th c.BC+; of soldiers, form in order of battle, Refs __B.II in hostile sense, to be joined, of battle, once in Refs 8th c.BC+; τοῦτο συνεστήκεε this combat continued, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 of persons, συνίστασθαί τινι meet in fight, be cngaged with, Refs 5th c.BC+ was at odds with.. , Refs when the generals were at issue, Refs; συνίσταται ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ makes a dead set at me, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.II.3 to be involved or implicated in a thing, λιμῷ, πόνῳ, λιμῷ καὶ καμάτῳ, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III of friends, form a league or union, band together, Refs; κατὰ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ξ. Refs 5th c.BC+; ξυνίστασθαι πρὸς ἑκατέρους league themselves with one side or the other, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπί τινας against them, Refs 5th c.BC+; καί μ᾽ οὐ λέληθεν οὐδὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει ξυνιστάμενον no conspiracy, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ συνιστάμενοι the conspirators, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.2 generally, to be connected or allied, as by marriage, with accusative cognate, λέχος Ἡρακλεῖ ξυστᾶσα Refs 5th c.BC+put yourself into connexion with.., PMag. Leid.W. Refs 5th c.BC+ acting with Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.III.3 of an assembly, to be in session, ἔτι τῆς ἐκκλησίας συνεστώσης Refs 1st c.AD+; τῆς τῶν Νεμείων πανηγύρεως σ. Refs 2nd c.BC+ __B.IV to come or be put together, of parts, συνιστάμεν᾽ ἄλλοθεν ἄλλα Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ πόλις ἐξ οἰκιῶν σ. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐξ ὧν ὁ κόσμος σ. Refs 4th c.BC+; especially in military sense, ξυνεστὼς στρατός an organized army, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἱππικὸν συνεστηκός an organized force of cavalry, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ συνεστηκὸς στράτευμα the organized force, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.IV.b of a play, to be composed, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἡ πολιτεία (compared to a tragedy) συνέστηκε μίμησις τοῦ καλλίστου βίου Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.IV.c arise, take shape or body, τὸ συνιστάμενον κακόν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐνταῦθα συνίστανται [ψύλλαι] Refs 4th c.BC+; σ. ἀπό τινος arise from.., Refs 1st c.BC+ __B.IV.d in aorist 2 and perfect, come into existence, exist, μεγάλη συνέστη δύναμις βασιλέων Refs 5th c.BC+; κεχωρίσθαι ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων τῆς συστάσης αὐτοῖς συμβιώσεως Refs 1st c.BC+; οἰκία.. σὺν τοῖς συνεστῶσι μέτροις καὶ πηχισμοῖς καὶ συνεστῶσι θεμελίοις Refs 1st c.AD+ __B.V to be compact, solid, firm, οὔτε σκιδνάμενον οὔτε συνιστάμενον Refs 4th c.BC+; συνεστῶτα σώματα, of animals in good condition, Refs 5th c.BC+; acquire substance or consistency, of eggs, Refs 4th c.BC+; of blood, honey, milk,Refs 5th c.BC+; of the embryo, συνίσταται καὶ λαμβάνει τὴν οἰκείαν μορφήν Refs 4th c.BC+; of the brain, Refs; of the bowels, Refs 5th c.BC+; ῥεῦμα συνεστηκός concentrated, Refs; συνεστηκυῖα χιών congealed, frozen, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __B.VI to be contracted, συνεστῶτι τῷ προσώπῳ frowning, Refs 1st c.AD+; τοῦ ξυνεστῶτος φρενῶν Refs 5th c.BC+; συνεστηκώς absorbed in thought, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.VII συνέστηκε with accusative et infinitive, it is well known that.., = Latin constat, Refs 4th c.AD+ __B.VIII to be weighed together, συνεστάθη Refs 2nd c.BC+

† בָּעַל vb. marry, rule over (cf. Arabic بَعَلَ = own, possess, especially a wife or concubine; Ethiopic ብዕለ to be rich, Assyrian bâlu, rule COTGloss., Aramaic בְּעַל take possession of wife or concubine)— Qal Pf. Mal 2:11 + 6 times Impf. יִבְעַל Is 62:5(×2); Pt. sf. בֹּעֲלַיִךְ Is 54:5; pass. f. בְּעוּלָה Is 54:1 + 3 times;— 1. marry Gn 20:3 (E) Dt 21:13; 22:22; 24:1 Is 54:1, 5; 62:4, 5(×2) Mal 2:11; sq. בְּ Je 3:14; 31:32 be lord (husband) over. Je 3:14; 31:32 AW JosKi Thes, comparing Arabic بَعَلَ be disgusted, derive from II. בָּעַל loathe (sq. בְּ); so Buhl: Gie Du Co in 31:32 read גָּעַלְתִּי (treating 3:14 as I. בָּעַל). 2. rule over 1 Ch 4:22 (sq. לְ) Is 26:13. Niph. Impf. תִּבָּעֵל Pr 30:23 Is 62:4 be married.

† חָבֵר adj. and n.m. Ct 8:13, united, associate, companion—ח׳ abs. Pr 28:24 ψ 119:63; sf. חֲבֵרוֹ Ec 4:10 (+ 3 times Ez Kt; Qr חבריו, v. infr.); pl. חֲבֵרִים Ju 20:11 Ct 8:13; cstr. חַבְרֵי Is 1:23; sf. חֲבֵרֶ֑ךָ ψ 45:8, חֲבֵרֶ֑יךָ Ct 1:7; חֲבֵרָיו Is 44:11 + 3 times Ez Qr;— 1. adj. united כְּאִישׁ אֶחָד חֲבֵרִים Ju 20:11 knit together as one man (AV RV). 2. n. associate, fellow: a. of children (tribes) of Isr. assoc. with Judah as head Ez 37:16; id. assoc. with Joseph (Ephr.) as head v 16, 19 (in all these read Qr חֲבֵרָיו). b. of like rank ψ 45:8. c. of like calling Ct 1:7. d. worshippers (associates, belonging to the society or guild) of idols Is 44:11 (v. Che; > others priests, Geiger Urschr, 121, 493 SS, cf. חֶבֶר Ho 6:9; Du reads חֲבָרִים enchantments). e. in gen. Ct 8:13. f. implying likeness of character Is 1:23 Pr 28:24 ψ 119:63. 3. companion at a particular time Ec 4:10.

† עַם n.m. Ezr 6:12 people (v. BH I. עמם, עַם);—ע׳ abs. Dn 2:44; 3:29; Ezr 6:12, cstr. Dn 7:27; emph. עַמָּה Ezr 5:12, עַמָּא 7:13, 16, 25; pl. emph. עַמְמַיָּא (K§§ 15 d); 55, 5 a)) Dn 3:4, 7(×2), 31; 5:19; 6:26; 7:14.

ἀλλότριος, Aeolic dialect ἀλλότερρος Refs, α, ον, (ἄλλος) of or belonging to another, βίοτος, νηῦς, ἄχεα, Refs 8th c.BC+; γυνή another man's wife, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἀλλοτρίων χαρίσασθαι to be bountiful of what is another's, Refs 8th c.BC+; γναθμοῖσι γελοίων ἀλλοτρίοισιν with faces unlike their own, of a forced, unnatural laugh, Refs; ἀ. ὄμμασιν εἷρπον by the help of another's eyes, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐκ ἀ. ἄτην not inflicted by other hands, Refs; but ἀ. φόνος murder of a strangerRefs 5th c.BC+ reap where one has not sown, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλοτριωτάτοις τοῖς σώμασιν χρῆσθαι deal with one's body as if it belonged to another, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ ἀλλότρια, contraction τἀλλότρια, what belongs to others, not one's own, τἀ. ἀποστερεῖν, δειπνεῖν, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II opposed to οἰκεῖος, foreign, strange, __II.1 of persons, ἀ. φώς stranger, Refs 8th c.BC+; almost = enemy, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐδέ τις ἀλλοτρίων no stranger, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀλλοτριώτερος τῶνπαίδων less near than thy children, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀλλοτριώτερος, opposed to οἰκειότερος, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.1.b hostile, unfavourably disposed, with genitive, ἀ. ῬωμαίωνRefs 2nd c.BC+ __II.1.c disinclined, πρὸς τὰς κακοπαθείαςRefs 2nd c.BC+ __II.2 of things, alien, strange, τροφήRefs 5th c.BC+; εἴ τι πρότερον γέγονεν ἀ. estrangement, Canon Laws texts cited in Refs 4th c.BC+alien country, enemy's country, Refs 5th c.BC+: with genitive, alien from, ἐπιτηδεύματα δημοκρατίας ἀ.Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν ἀ. ποιῶν τοῦ τρόπου Canon Laws texts cited in Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.2.b in Medicine texts, abnormal, Refs 2nd c.AD+; ἀ. σάρκες superfluous fat, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2.c foreign to the purpose, λόγοιRefs 4th c.BC+: comparative, Refs: superlative, Refs __II.2.d Astrology texts, ={ἀπόστροφος}, Refs __III adverb ἀλλοτρίως, διακεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλας to be unfavourably disposed towards.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἄ. ἔχειν πρός.. Refs: comparative -ιώτερον less favourably, Refs 4th c.BC+ __III.2 strangely, marvellously, Refs __III.3 in a manner foreign to, with genitive, Refs 4th c.BC+

ξένος, ὁ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ξεῖνος (also frequently in Refs 5th c.BC+, used by Trag. for the sake of meter even in trimeter, mostly in vocative, Refs 5th c.BC+, Aeolic dialect ξέννος Refs; scanned ¯ ?~X and written ξεῖνος in Refs 3rd c.BC+. __I guest-friend, applied to persons and states bound by a treaty or tie of hospitality, Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.2 of parties giving or receiving hospitality, Refs 8th c.BC+; mostly of the guest, opposed to the host, ξεινοδόκοι καὶ ξεῖνος Refs, etc.; ἁ ξείνα the visitor, Refs 3rd c.BC+; of guests at a club, opposed to σύνδειπνοι, Refs 2nd c.BC+: less frequently of the host, NT+8th c.BC+ __II stranger, especially wanderer, refugee (under the protection of Ζεὺς ξένιος), sometimes coupled with ἱκέτης, Ζεὺς ἐπιτιμήτωρ ἱκετάων τε ξείνων τε ξείνιος Refs 8th c.BC+ __III generally, stranger, foreigner, opposed to ἔνδημος, Refs 8th c.BC+; opposed to ἀστός, Refs 5th c.BC+; opposed to ἐπιχώριος, Refs 5th c.BC+; with ἔπηλυς, Refs 2nd c.AD+; opposed to a member of the family, Refs 6th c.AD+ __III.b as a term of address to any stranger, ὦ ξένε Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 ={βάρβαρος}, at Sparta, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV hireling, Refs 8th c.BC+; especially mercenary soldier, Refs 5th c.BC+: rarely simply, ally, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B as adjective ξένος, η, ον (also ος, ον Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect ξεῖνος, η, ον, foreign, not in Refs 8th c.BC+; frequently in later writers, ξείνα γαῖα Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ξένῃσι χερσί by foreign hands, Refs; ξ. δόμοι, πόλις, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+; of alien property, ξ. ἄρουραι Refs 6th c.AD+ __B.II with genitive of things, strange to a thing, unacquainted with, ignorant of it, ξ. τοῦ λόγου NT+5th c.BC+ adverb ξένως, ἔχω τῆς ἐνθάδε λέξεως I am a stranger to the mode of speech, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III strange, unusual, λόγοι Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡς ξένου συμβαίνοντος NT.1Pet.4.12 NT: superlative, πράξεων ὡς -οτάτων Refs 1st c.BC+ adverb ξένως, λαλεῖν Refs 1st c.BC+ __B.III.2 τοῦ πνεύματος.. ῥύσις ὡς -ωτάτη air as fresh as possible, Refs 5th c.BC+

אחה (assumed as √ of foll.; cf.BH אָח p. 26).

συνεργός, όν, working together, joining or helping in work, and as substantive, ὁ, ἡ, helper, Refs 5th c.BC+; in bad sense, accomplice, Refs 5th c.BC+: with dative person, Refs 5th c.BC+; distinguished from συναίτιον, NT+4th c.BC+: with genitive of things, taking part in a thing, σ. τείχεος helping to make it, Refs 5th c.BC+; ξ. ἀδίκων ἔργων, ἀρετᾶς, helping towards them, Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. τινί τινος helping a person in a thing, θρήνων ἐμοὶ (probably to be read instead of θρήνοις ἐμῶν) ξ. NT+5th c.BC+: with infinitive, σ. τῷ παιδὶ μὴ 'κπεσεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 Astrology texts, in co-operation, of planetary influence, Refs 2nd c.AD+; distinguished from ὑπουργός, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __II person of the same trade as another, fellowworkman, colleague, with genitive person, Refs 4th c.BC+

† תּוֹשָׁב n.m. Lv 25:45 sojourner, only P (H) and late; abs. ת׳ Gn 23:4 + 6 times; cstr. תּוֹשַׁב Lv 22:10; sf. תּוֹשָֽׁבְךָ 25:6; pl. תּוֹשָׁבִים v 6 + 2 times; cstr. תֹּשָׁבֵי 1 K 17:1, but read תִּשְׁבֶּה (q.v.) 𝔊 Ew Th Hi;—sojourner, appar. of a more temporary and dependent (Lv 22:10; 25:6) kind than the גֵּר (with which it is often joined): ‖ שָׂכִיר Ex 12:45 (P), Lv 22:10 (ת׳ כֹּהֵן a priest’s sojourner), 25:6, 40 (all H); הַתּוֹשָׁבִים הַגָּרִים עִמָּכֶם v 45 (c. pt. גָּר also v 6); c. עִם, also Lv 25:47(×2) (H); c. בְּתוֹךְ Nu 35:15 (P). Fig. of one enjoying only a temporary tenure, c. עִם Gn 23:4, with י׳ Lv 25:23 ψ 39:13, c. לִפְנֵי 1 Ch 29:15.—1 K 17:1 v. supr.

κολλ-άω, (κόλλα) glue, cement, τι περὶ τὸν τράχηλον, τι πρός τι, Refs 5th c.BC+; mend a broken vessel, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __2 join one metal or other substance to another, κ. χρυσὸν ἔν τε λευκὸν ἐλέφαντα, i.e. make [a crown] inlaid with gold and ivory, Refs 5th c.BC+ —passive, κολλώμενα glued together, opposed to γομφούμενα, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ κολλώμενος σίδηρος welded iron, Refs 1st c.AD+ __II generally, join fast together, unite, ἄλφιτον ὕδατι Refs 5th c.BC+; χαλκὸν ἐπ᾽ ἀνέρι κολλᾶν, of one applying a cupping-glass, Refs 6th c.BC+; close up wounds, Refs —passive, κολλέεσθαι, of poison entering the system, Refs 5th c.BC+; κολλᾷ καὶ συνδεῖ πάντα ἤθη [ὁ πόθος] Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, cleave to, κεκόλληται γένος πρὸς ἄτᾳ is indissolubly bound to.. (Blomf. for προσάψαι), Refs 4th c.BC+; of persons, κ. τινί NT; of things, ὁ κονιορτὸς ὁ κολληθείς τινι NT+1st c.AD+ __III put together, build, Refs 5th c.BC+:— middle, fit together, τροχάλεια Refs 4th c.BC+

Ῥωμ-αῖος, α, ον, a Roman, Refs 2nd c.BC+; τὰ Ῥωμαῖα ludi Romani, Refs 2nd c.AD+

† I. [לָוָה] join (intr.), be joined (NH Pi. לִוָּה (ליוה) trans., Hithp. intr.; Aramaic לַוֵּי accompany; so ܠܘܳܐ; BAES 12 comp. Arabic وَلِىَ be near);—Qal (late) Impf. 3 ms. sf. יִלְוֶנּוּ. Ec 8:15, be joined to, attend (of mirth). Niph. נִלְוָה ψ 83:9 Is 14:1; 3 mpl. consec. וְנִלְווּ Nu 18:4 + 2 times, + Je 50:5 (GesLbg Bö Köi. 588 Gf Gie; >Imv. Ki Ew§ 226 c Ol§ 264); Impf. יִלָּוֶה Gn 29:34; יִלָּווּ Nu 18:2; Pt. נִלְוָה Is 56:3 (pointed as Pf., read prob. נִלְוֶח); pl. נִלְוִים Est 9:27; Is 56:6;—join oneself or be joined unto, sq. עַל Nu 18:2, 4 (מַטֵה לֵנִי to Aaron, by word-play), Is 14:1 (strangers to Isr.), Dn 11:34 (flatterers to the people), cf. Est 9:27; Is 56:6 (to י׳); sq. אֶל־ Is 56:3 (to י׳), Zc 2:15 (to י׳), Je 50:5 (to י׳), Gn 29:34 (J; husband to wife); sq. עִם ψ 83:9 (Aasshur with enemies of Isr.)

† [עָמִית] n.m. Lv 19:17; 25:15 associate, fellow, relation (perhaps orig. f. abstr. association, cf. פֶּחָה);—always sf.: גֶּבֶר עֲמִיתִי Zc 13:7 a man (who is) my fellow; elsewhere only Lv: עֲמִיתוֹ 5:21(×2); recipr. אִישׁ בַּעֲמִיתוֹ 19:11; 24:19, cf. 25:17; עֲמִיתְךָ 18:20, עֲמִיתֶ֑ךָ 19:15, 17; 25:14(×2), 15.

ὁμοθῡμ-ᾰδόν, adverb with one accord, πάντες ὁ. NT+5th c.BC+

† [אָרַשׂ] vb. betroth (Mish. ארס, Ph. ארש in n.pr., LagSem i. 50 connects with Arabic أَرْشٌ a fine, lit. pay the price, & so gain the right of possession; cf. Aramaic אָרִיס one who farms land; Assyrian mirsu, tribute, Zehnpf BAS i. 518)—only Pi. Pu.; Pi. Pf. 3 ms. אֵרַשׂ Dt 20:7; אֵרַשְׂתִּי 2 S 3:14; sf. אֵרַשְׂתִּיךְ Ho 2:21(×2), 22; Impf. 2 ms. תְּאָרֵשׂ Dt 28:30;—betroth (subj. man) obj. woman, אִשָּׁה Dt 20:7; 28:30; sq. ב of price paid to father & ל of husband 2 S 3:14; ב of gift to bride & ל of husband Ho 2:21, 22, where fig. of Yahweh’s covenant mercy to Israel. Pu. Pf. 3 fs. אֹרָ֑שָׂה be betrothed, c. לֹא, subj. בְּתוּלָה Ex 22:15 Dt 22:28 (נער בתולה); Pt. f. מְאֹרָשָׂה Dt 22:23, where affirmed of נער בתולה (sq. ל of husband) v 25, 27 (in both subj. הַנַּעֲרָ֯).

† II. חֶ֫בֶר, חֵ֫בֶר n.pr.m. 1. חֶבֶר (𝔊 Χαβερ) the Kenite, husband of Jael Ju 4:11, 17(×2), 21; 5:24. 2. a man of Asher חִבֶר Gn 46:17 (P) 𝔊 Χοβωρ 1 Ch 7:31, 32 𝔊 Χαβερ 𝔊L Ιεχοβερ; חֵבֶר Nu 26:45 𝔊 Χοβερ; on poss. identif. with Ḫabiri of Tel el Amarna v. Jastr JBL 1892, xi. 118 ff. 1893, xii. 61 ff. 3. חֶבֶר name in Judah 1 Ch 4:18 𝔊 Αβεισα, 𝔊L Αβερ. 4. חָ֑בֶר a Benjamite 1 Ch 8:17 𝔊 Αβαρ, 𝔊L Αβερ.

† II. [חתן] vb.denom. only Hithp. make oneself a daughter’s husband (NH Hithp. id., Aramaic Ithpa. id.)—Pf. 2 mpl. וְהִתְחַתַּנְתֶּם consec. Jos 23:12; Impf. וַיִּתְחַתֵּן 1 K 3:1 2 Ch 18:1; 2 m. תִּתְחַתֵּן Dt 7:3 1 S 18:21; Imv. הִתְחַתֵּן 1 S 18:22, הִתְחַתְּנוּ Gn 34:9; Inf. הִתְחַתֵּן 1 S 18:23 + 3 times;— 1. make oneself daughter’s husband (son-in-law) to, c. בְּ 1 S 18:21, 22, 23, 26, 27; c. אֶת 1 K 3:1; c. לְ 2 Ch 18:1, of marriage of Jehoshaphat’s son and Ahab’s daughter (cf. 2 K 8:18 = 2 Ch 21:6). 2. in gen. form marriage-alliance with, c. בְּ Dt 7:3 Jos 23:12 (D), Ezr 9:14; c. אֶת Gn 34:9 (P).

ἅμᾰ [ᾰμ], Doric dialect ἁμᾶ, which see: (see. entry near the end): __A adverb at once, at the same time, mostly of Time, frequently added to τε.. καί, ἅμ᾽ οἰμωγή τε καὶ εὐχωλήRefs 8th c.BC+ __A.2 ἅ. μέν.. ἅ. δέ.., partly.. partly.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.3 in Prose ἅ. δέ.. καί.., ἅ. τε.. καί.., ἅ... καί.. may often be translated by no sooner.. than.., ἅ. δὲ ταῦτα ἔλεγε καὶ ἀπεδείκνυεRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.3.b ἅ. μῦθος ἔην, τετέλεστο δὲ ἔργον 'no sooner said than done', Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.3.c with participle and finite Verb in same sense, βρίζων ἅ... ἐξήμελξας εὐτραφὲς γάλαRefs 4th c.BC+; ἅ. εἰπὼν ἀνέστη as soon as he had done speaking, he stood up, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῆς ἀγγελίας ἅ. ῥηθείσης ἐπεβοήθουν as soon as news was brought they assisted, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.4 ἅ. μέν.. ἔτι δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II together, at once, both, without direct reference to time, ἅ. πάντες or πάντες ἅ.Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.III with σύν or μετά, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV absolutely with Verb, at one and the same time, αἱ πᾶσαι [νῆες] ἅ. ἐγίγνοντο ἐν ἑνὶ θέρει σ καὶ νRefs 5th c.BC+ __B preposition with dative (frequently with participle added), at the same time with, together with, ἅμ᾽ ἠοῖ φαινομένηφι at dawn, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἅ. ἕῳ, ἅ. ἕῳ γιγνομένῃ, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἅμ᾽ ἠελίῳ ἀνιόντι or καταδύντι at sunrise or sunset, Refs 8th c.BC+, Attic dialect; ἅμ᾽ ἦρι ἀρχομένῳ or ἅ. ἦρι at beginning of spring, Refs 5th c.BC+during the time of.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 generally, together with, ἅ. τινὶ στείχεινRefs 8th c.BC+; ἅ. πνοιῇς ἀνέμοιο keeping pace with the wind, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II rarely with genitive, Refs 4th c.BC+ __C conjunction, as soon as, ἅ. ἂν ἡβήσῃ τις τῶν ὀρφανῶνRefs 5th c.BC+. (Root sṃ-, cf. A α 11.)

κοινων-ός, ὁ, also ἡ, companion, partner, τινος of or in a thing, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ τοῦ κακοῦ κ. accomplice in.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τινι in a thing, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 absolutely, partner, fellow, Refs 5th c.BC+; κοινωνοὶ λιμένων, of a societas publicanorum which farmed harbour-dues, Refs; of joint-owners, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __3 familiar spirit, LXX __II as adjective, ={κοινός},{ξίφος} Refs 5th c.BC+

ξεν-ίζω, Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ξεινίζω, future -ιῶ, later -ίσωRefsaorist ἐξείνισσα, ξείνισσα, -ισα (see. below): (ξένος):—receive or entertain as a guest, ξείνους Refs 8th c.BC+; ξείνισ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροισινRefs 5th c.BC+; ξ. τινὰ πολλοῖς ἀγαθοῖς to present with hospitable gifts, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὑμᾶς ἐν πόλει ξενίσωμεν ὧν.. εἴχομεν with or on what we had, Refs 5th c.BC+ i.e. who fell not in battle, Refs 5th c.BC+: —passive, to be entertained as a guest, NT+5th c.BC+ __II surprise, astonish by some strange sight, ξενίζουσαν καὶ καταπληκτικὴν πρόσοψιν Refs 2nd c.BC+; ξ. τὴν ἀκοήν, of strange words, Refs 3rd c.AD+; ξ. [τὴν τῶν πολλῶν συνήθειαν] do violence to the ordinary use of language, Refs 6th c.AD+:—passive, to be astonished, Refs 5th c.BC+; τινι NT+2nd c.BC+; to be puzzled, unable to comprehend, Refs 2nd c.AD+; of fresh leeches, to be unaccustomed to the skin, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II.2 make strange, of plants and animals, i.e. stunt their growth and distort them, Refs; τῷ πλήθει ξενιζομένη ἡ φύσις being altered in character, Refs 3rd c.AD+ __III intransitive, to be a stranger, speak with a foreign accent, Refs 4th c.BC+ __III.2 to be strange or unusual, of diseases, Refs 2nd c.AD+

† [יְהוּדַי] n.gent. Jew (BH יְהוּדִי);—pl. abs. יְהוּדָאִין (K§ 61, 6)) Dn 3:12; emph. יְהוּדָיֵא (Ib.ib.) v 8 Ezr 4:12, 23; 5:1, 5; 6:7(×2), 8, 14. יְהָךְ Ezr 5:5 v. [חֲלַךְ].

Ἰσραηλείτης (Rec. -λίτης), ου, ὁ [in LXX: Num.25:8 (יִשְׂרָאֵל), 3Ki.21:1 (יִזְרְעֵאלִי; Luc. Ἰεζραηλίτης), etc. ;] an Israelite, the name expressive of theocratic privilege (see: Ἑβραῖος): Rom.9:4 11:1, 2Co.11:22; ἀληθῶς Ἰ., Jhn.1:48; ἄνδρες Ἰ., Act.2:22 3:12 5:35 13:16 21:23.† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

a Samaritan , Refs 1st c.AD, etc.;feminine -εῖτις, ιδος, Refs 1st c.AD (Middle Liddel)

† סָפַק [I. שָׂפַקִ] vb. slap, clap (NH Pi. id.; Arabic سَفَقَ slap (face), strike (hands) Lane 1373);—Qal Pf. 3 ms. וְסָפַק consec. Je 48:26, sf. סְפָקָם Jb 34:26; 1 s. סָפַ֫קְתִּי Je 31:19; 3 pl. סָֽפְקוּ La 2:15; Impf. 3 ms. יִשְׂפֹּק (שׂ subst. for ס) Jb 27:23, יִסְפּוֹק 34:37, הִסְפֹּק Nu 24:10; Imv. ms. סְפֹק Ez 21:17;— 1. slap, sq. עַל־יָרֵךְ on the thigh, in remorse and sorrow Je 31:19 Ez 21:17; c. כַּפַּיִם clap one’s hands Nu 24:10 (in anger), c. עַל at, La 2:15; Jb 27:23 (in mockery); כ׳ om. Jb 34:37 (in presumptuousness, against God). 2. slap, chastise, c. acc. pers. Jb 34:26 (subj. God). 3. splash וְס׳ מוֹאָב בְּקִיאוֹ Je 48:26 and Moab shall splash (fall with a splash) into his vomit, > Thes BuhlLex 13 empty himself(?), throw up (cf. Syriac ܣܦܩ Pa.). Hiph. Impf. 3 mpl. וּבְיַלְדֵי נָכְרִים יַשְׂפִּ֫יקוּ Is 2:6 (read perhaps וּבִידֵי Hi Du Che, and into the hands of foreigners they clap, lit. cause to clap, sc. their hands; > 𝔊 𝔖 from ii. שׂפק q.v., they abound in, have a sufficienty of).

עָרֹב9 n.m. Ex 8, 20; prob. swarm (mixture, from incessant, involved motion; LagBN 112 doubts);—of plague of stinging flies, coming in a swarm (v. Di Ex) Ex 8:17(×2) + 5 times 8 (J), ψ 78:45; 105:31.

γαμ-ίσκω, ={γαμίζω}, Refs 5th c.AD+ —middle (or passive) in Refs 4th c.BC+; ἀνδρί, of a woman, Refs 6th c.AD+:—passive, NT

κοινων-έω, future -ήσω Refs 5th c.BC+: perfect κεκοινώνηκα Refs —passive, future κοινωνήσομαι (see. below): perfect κεκοινώνημαι Refs:—have or do in common with, share, take part in a thing with another, with genitive of things et dative person, τῆς πολιτείας κ. τινί Refs; κ. πόνων καὶ κινδύνων ἀλλήλοιςRefs 5th c.BC+; κ. αὐτοῖς ὧν ἔπραττονRefs 4th c.BC+: also in active sense, give a share of.., βρωτοῦ μηδενὸς μηδένα τούτῳ κ. Refs 4th c.BC+; τὰ περὶ τὰς κτήσεις τοῖς συσσιτίοις ὁ νομοθέτης ἐκοινώνησε (variant{ἐκοίνωσε}) Refs 4th c.BC+ __2 κ. τινός have a share of, take part in a thing, χθονός Refs 5th c.BC+; τῶν αὐτῶν κ. πάντων share all things in common,Refs 4th c.BC+; θυσίας Refs; ἦθος παιδείας κεκοινωνηκός Aristeas 290; φύσεως κεκοινώνηκε σαρκίνης Refs 1st c.BC+; πάθους, of infection, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2.b of partnership in business, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __3 κ. τινί go shares with, have dealings with a man, Refs 5th c.BC+; also of things, κοινωνεῖν μὲν ἡγοῦμαι καὶ τοῦτο τοῖς πεπολιτευμένοις I think that this also is concerned with my public measures, Refs 4th c.BC+; στολὴν φοινικίδα.. ἥκιστα.. γυναικείᾳ κ. has least in common with.., Refs 5th c.BC+: in Medicine texts, sympathize, of bodily parts, Refs 5th c.BC+ —passive, ἐγκώμια κεκοινωνημένα εὐχαῖς united with.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __4 with Preps., φύσις ἡ θήλεια τῇ τοῦ ἄρρενος γένους κ. εἰς ἅπαντα Refs 2nd c.BC+ __5 c.accusative cognate, κ. κοινωνίαν τινί Refs 5th c.BC+ rarely with accusative _of things_, κ. φόνον τινί commit murder in common with him, Refs 5th c.BC+ __6 absolutely, share in an opinion, agree, σκόπει.., πότερον κοινωνεῖς καὶ ξυνδοκεῖ σοι Refs 5th c.BC+ __7 communicate, join, ἡ ἐρυθρὰ θάλασσα κ. πρὸς τὴν ἔξω.. Refs 4th c.BC+ __8 form a community, Refs __II of sexual intercourse, κ. γυναικί, ἀνδρί, Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, ὑπὸ μηδενός ποτε κοινωνήσεται εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ σοῦ μόνου Refs

μετέχω, Aeolic dialect πεδέχω Refs 7th c.BC+; infinitive πεδέχην Refs: future μεθέξω Refs 5th c.BC+: perfect μετέσχηκα Refs 5th c.BC+:—partake of, share in:— Constr.: __1 mostly with genitive of things only, κακοτάτων, βρόδων, Alc.[same place], Refs 7th c.BC+; ἀγαθῶν, κακῶν, βίου, Refs 6th c.BC+; τῆς τοῦ Μάγου ὕβριος Hdt.[same place]; μ. τοῦ λόγου to be in the secret, Refs 5th c.BC+ to be members of the Refs[same place]; μ. τῆς πόλεως, τῆς πολιτείας, NT+5th c.BC+ partake of something in common with another, οὔ οἱ μ. θράσεος Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 frequently the part or share is added, τοῦ πεδίου οὐκ ἐλαχίστην μοῖραν μ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 with accusative of things, μ. τὸ ἴσον (i.e. μέρος) τῶν ἀγαθῶν τινιRefs 5th c.BC+ __4 rarely with accusative only, ἀκερδῆ χάριν μ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __5 with dative of things only in a corrupt passage, τῇ.. κατὰ τὴν χώραν.. οἰκήσει μετεῖχον Refs 5th c.BC+ __6 μ. περὶ ἔργων καὶ τεχνῶν have some knowledge respecting.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __7 absolutely, to be a partner, Refs 3rd c.BC+; οἱ μετέχοντες the partners, accomplices, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II in Platonic Philos., participate in a universal, Refs 4th c.BC+ —passive, μετέχονται (i.e. αἱ ἰδέαι) are participated in,Refs 5th c.BC+ __III in Aristotelian Logic, share in, i.e. admit the definition of, τὰ μὲν εἴδη μετέχει τῶν γενῶν, τὰ δὲ γένη τῶν εἰδῶν οὔ Refs 4th c.BC+

† אֻמָּה n.f. nation (BH id., late);—abs. א׳ Dn 3:29; pl. emph. אֻמַּיָּא 3:4, 7, 31; 5:19; 6:26; 7:14; Ezr 4:10.

† תּוּבַל n.pr.terr. et. gent. in E. Asia Minor, perhaps nearly = Cappadocia (= Assyrian Tabalu DlPa 250 f. COT Gn 10:2, cf. Di Gn 10:2);—ת׳ Is 66:19 Ez 27:13, תֻּבַל 32:26, תֻּבָ֑ל Gn 10:2 = 1 Ch 1:5; Ez 38:2, 3; 39:1; Θοβελ.

διατίθημι, 3rd.pers. plural imperfect διετίθουν Refs 4th c.BC+:—arrange each in their several places, distribute, τὰ κρέα, in sacrificing, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II manage well or ill, usually with adverb, κράτιστα δ. τὰ τοῦ πολέμου Refs 5th c.BC+; of persons, δ. ἑωυτὸν ἀνηκέστως treat himself barbarously, Refs 5th c.BC+ —passive, οὐ ῥᾳδίως διετέθη he was not very gently handled, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπόρως διατεθέντας reduced to helplessness, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 with accusative person, with adverbs, dispose one so or so, ὅταν οὕτω διαθῇς τοὺς Ἕλληνας Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, to be disposed in a certain manner, πρός τινα Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐρωτικῶς δ., of animals, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III set forth, of speakers, minstrels, etc., recite, κακῶς ποιήματα Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 describe, Refs 1st c.BC+ __B middle, arrange as one likes, dispose of, τὴν θυγατέρα Refs 5th c.BC+; spend, δ. τὰς οὐσίας εἴς τι Refs 2nd c.BC+ __B.2 dispose of one's property, devise it by will, Refs 4th c.BC+; δ. διαθήκας, διαθήκην, make a will, Refs 5th c.BC+; κἂν ἀποθάνῃ μὴ διαθέμενος intestate, Refs 4th c.BC+; ὁ δ. the testator, NT __B.3 dispose of merchandise, φόρτον Refs 5th c.BC+; δ. τὴν ὥραν καὶ τὴν σοφίαν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4 arrange or settle mutually, δ. διαθήκην τινί make a covenant with one, NT+5th c.BC+; ἔριν δ. ἀλλήλοις settle a quarrel, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.5 compose, make, νόμους Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.6 set forth, recite, λόγους, δημηγορίαν, etc., Refs 2nd c.BC+ __B.6.b Grammars, διατιθέναι and -τίθεσθαι to act and be acted upon, Refs 2nd c.AD+; τὸ διατιθέν and τὸ διατιθέμενον subject and object, Refs

“Hebrew”: and as substantive, a Hebrew, NT+2nd c.AD+:— adjective Ἑβραϊκός, ή, όν, NT:—feminine Ἑβραΐς, ίδος, διάλεκτος NT+1st c.AD+:—Verb Ἑβραΐζω, speak Hebrew, Refs:— adverb Ἑβραϊστί, in the Hebrew tongue, LXX Si.prol., NT

συγχαίρω, aorist -εχάρην [ᾰ] Refs 2nd c.BC+, imperative -χάρηθιRefs:—rejoice with, Refs 5th c.BC+: later in middle, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II wish one joy, congratulate, σ. τῶν γεγενημένων wish one joy of.. , Refs 4th c.BC+; σ. τῇ πόλει ὅτι.. Refs 4th c.BC+

συνανά-κειμαι, passive, recline together at table, NT

† גִּרְגָּשִׁי adj.gent. only הַגּ׳ as n.pr.coll.; ‘begotten’ by Canaan Gn 10:16 = 1 Ch 1:14; in list of Canaanitish peoples displaced by Isr.; territ. unknown; Gn 15:21 Dt 7:1 Jos 3:10; 24:11 Ne 9:8; cf. Gn 10:16 1 Ch 1:14 supr. (Hex only JED).

† I. חֶ֫בֶר n.[m.] company, association, spell—abs. חָ֑בֶר Dt 18:11 + 2 times; cstr. חֶבֶר Ho 6:9; pl. חֲבָרִים ψ 58:6, sf. חֲבָרַיִךְ Is 47:9, 12;— 1. company, band of (bad) priests Ho 6:9. 2. association, society (abstr.), only in בֵּית חָ֑בֶר Pr 21:9 = 25:24 house of association, i.e. shared with a contentious woman (house in common, v. RVm VB). 3. spell: a. as acc. cogn. c. חָבַר (q.v.) Dt 18:11 ψ 58:6. b. alone, of Babylonian magic Is 47:9, 12 (v. LenChald. Magic [1878]; Magie u. Wahrsagekunst, 1878; ScholzGötzendienst u. Zauberwesen, 1877, 80 ff. SayTBA iii. 145 ff. and Rel. Bab 396 ff., 440 ff.).

† [כְּנָת] n.m. Ez 4:17 associate (Old Aramaic id., Lzb 298 SAC65; S-CB 6; Syriac ܟܢܳܬ; Chr-Pal. [ܟܢܐ, ܟܢܬ] SchwallyIdiot. 46 SchulthLex. 95; √ appar. כנה K§ 56, α) β2 M-A§ 74 c; Buhl makes loan-wd. from Assyrian kinâtu, ‘Genosse,’ but v. DlWB 338 ZimM p. 66);—associate, pl. sf. בְנָוָתֵהּ Ezr 5:6, -תְהוֹן 4:9, 17, 23; 5:3; 6:6, 13.

† [נכר] vb.denom. act or treat as foreign, or strange; disguise, misconstrue;— Niph. Impf. יִנָּכֵר Pr 26:24 with his lips a hater disguiseth himself (dissembles, speaks what is foreign to his thought). Pi. Pf. נִכַּר 1 S 23:7, but v. infr.; Impf. וַיְנַכְּרוּ Je 19:4 and they have treated this place as foreign (profane); יְנַכְּרוּ צָרֵימוֹ Dt 32:27 lest their adversaries should misconstrue (it).—נִכַּר אֹתוֹ א׳ בְּיָדִי 1 S 23:7 God hath alienated him into my hand, but improbable; 𝔊 מָכַר (cf. Ju 4:9) hath sold him, so Th Klo HPS (cf. We); סִכַּר (as Is 19:4) Krochm Dr; Kit either of these; > סִגַּר Bu; Löhr either סִגַּר or סִכַּר. Hithp. Impf. וַיִּתְנַכֵּר אֲלֵיהֶם Gn 42:7 he acted as a stranger toward them; Pt. f. מִתְנַכֵּרָ֑ה 1 K 14:5, 6 feign to be a stranger-woman.

βάρβᾰρος, ον, barbarous, i.e. non-Greek, foreign, not in Refs 8th c.BC+; especially as substantive βάρβαροι, οἱ, originally all non-Greek-speaking peoples, then specially of the Medes and Persians, Refs 5th c.BC+; β. πόλεμον war with the barbarians, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ βάρβαρος (i.e. γῆ), opposed to αἱ Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις, Refs 5th c.BC+ adverb -ρως, opposed to Ἑλληνικῶς,Refs 3rd c.AD+ __2 especially of language, φωνὴ β. Refs 5th c.BC+; συλλραφαίRefs 4th c.BC+; of birds, Refs 5th c.BC+ adverb, βαρβάρως, ὠνόμασται have foreign names, Refs 1st c.BC+ __3 Grammars, of bad Greek, Refs 2nd c.AD+; τὸ β., of style, opposed to Ἑλληνικόν, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II after the Persian war, brutal, rude, ἀμαθὴς καὶ β. Refs 5th c.BC+: comparative -ώτεροςRefs 5th c.BC+ Eph.2.4: superlative, πάντων βαρβαρώτατος θεῶν Refs 5th c.BC+ __III used by Jews of Greeks, LXX __IV name for various plasters, Refs 1st c.BC+

καταφῐλ-έω, kiss, caress, δίφρον Refs 5th c.BC+; χεῖρας καὶ πόδας τινόςRefs 4th c.BC+; τοὺς μὲν καλοὺς φιλήσοντος, τοὺς δ᾽ ἀγαθοὺς καταφ. NT+5th c.BC+; distinct from φιλεῖν, Refs 1st c.AD+; especially of an amorous kiss. Refs 2nd c.AD+

μεσῑτ-ης, ου, ὁ, mediator, umpire, arbitrator, NT+3rd c.BC+; stakeholder, Refs 3rd c.AD+ __2 feminine μεσῖτις, ιδος, φιλίας μεσῖτιν τράπεζαν παραθέμενοι Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II in a middle position, of a limb, Refs 2nd c.AD+

μέτοχος, ον, sharing in, partaking of, with genitive, [τῆς συμφορῆς] τὸ πλεῦν μέτοχος Refs 5th c.BC+; μ. ἐλπίδων, τέχνης, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῦ βίου, of a wife, Refs 4th c.BC+ __II substantive, partner, accomplice in, τοῦ φόνου Refs 5th c.BC+; partner in business, NT+3rd c.BC+ __II.2 member of a board of officials, frequently in phrase ὁ δεῖνα καὶ μέτοχοι πράκτορες, ἐπιτηρηταί, ἀγορανόμοι, τραπεζῖται, etc., Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II.3 joint owner of a house, Refs 3rd c.AD+ __III θεῶν μέτοχοι, of the demigods, Refs 4th c.BC+

συμφων-έω, sound together, be in harmony or unison (compare συμφωνία), ἐκ πασῶν μία ἁρμονία συμφωνεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+; of reed-tongues, to be of the same quality, Refs 4th c.BC+; κιθαρισταὶ σ. Refs 3rd c.BC+ —passive, τὰ συμφωνούμενα consonants (literal things which are sounded with vowels), Refs 1st c.BC+ __II metaphorically, harmonize with, ποῖα ποίοις σ. τῶν γενῶν Refs 5th c.BC+; συμφωνοῦντα τοῖς ἔργοις in harmony with practical experience, Refs 5th c.BC+; hold or express the same opinions, ταῦτα συμφωνοῦσι πάντες Refs 5th c.BC+; περί τινος or τινων, Refs 1st c.BC+:—middle, Refs 4th c.BC+:—passive, to be agreed to, παρὰ πᾶσι Refs 1st c.BC+, compare 15.107: with infinitive, ἡ ἔφοδος σ. γενέσθαι Refs 1st c.BC+ __II.2 make an agreement or bargain with any one, ἰδίᾳ σ. πρὸς αὐτούς Refs 3rd c.BC+; περί τινος Refs 2nd c.BC+; σ. τινὶ δηναρίου for a denarius, NT:—passive, συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι NT; ὥστε.. Refs 1st c.BC+; τὸ συμφωνηθέν the agreement, Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἀπέχω τὴν συμπεφωνημένην αὐτοῦ τιμήν Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II.3 unite for a bad purpose, conspire, τοῖς πένησι ἐπὶ τοὺς μέσους Refs 4th c.BC+ __III agree in saying, ὡς πάντα καλῶς κεῖται Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV to be satisfactory, συμφωνεῖ μοι πάντα, ὡς πρόκειται Refs 4th c.AD+ __IV.2 of remedies, to be suitable, Refs 2nd c.AD+

συνευδοκ-έω, join in approving, give one's consent, NT+4th c.BC+; συνευδοκέοντος τοῦ δεῖνα, in forms of sale, Refs __2 with dative of things, consent or agree to a thing, LXX+1st c.BC+ __3 with dative person, agree or sympathize with.., NT __II passive, aorist συνευδοκήθην in signification 1.3, Refs 1st c.BC+

† I. יְהוּדִית adj.gent., f. of foregoing, but only as adv. in Jewish = in the Jewish language 2 K 18:26, 28 = Is 36:11, 13 = 2 Ch 32:18; Ne 13:24.

† [סָפַר] n.m. secretary, scribe (𝔗 Syriac; BH סֹפֵר);—emph. סָֽפְרָא the secretary, Persian official, Ezr 4:8, 9, 17, 23; cstr. סָפַר the scribe 7:12, 21, of Ezra as learned in God’s law.

† I. עֵ֫רֶב n.m. Ex 12, 38 mixture, mixed company;—heterogeneous body attached to a people; to Israel Ex 12:38 (E), Ne 13:3; to Egyptians Je 25:20 (𝔙 joins to v 19, so Gie); to Chaldeans 50:37; in Je 25:24 del. וְאֵת … הָעֶרֶב as doublet (so Gie, cf. 𝔊); in 1 K 10:15 read עֲרָב (as ‖ 2 Ch 9:14, so Benz Kit al.); Ez 30:5 read prob. id. (Co).

Αἰγύπτιος, α, ον, Refs 8th c.BC+adverb -ίως in Egyptian style, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 αἰγυπτία, ἡ, name of an ointment, Refs 8th c.BC+, etc., are trisyllable, Refs 8th c.BC+

συνεργ-έω, perfect -ήργηκαRefs 4th c.BC+ G.:—work together with, help in work, co-operate, Refs 5th c.BC+: generally, co-operate with, assist, with dative, Refs 4th c.BC+; [τὸ γυμνάσιον] ἀναδόσεσι σ. Refs 2nd c.AD+, compare 463, 15.727; σ. ἑαυτοῖς τὰ συμφέροντα do one another fitting service, Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. πρός τι contribute to or towards.., Refs 4th c.BC+; facilitate, τὸν δρασμὸν τοῖς Πέρσαις Refs 3rd c.AD+:—passive, to be helped, with dative of things, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 to be conspired against, Refs 3rd c.BC+

συνεσθίω, aorist συνέφᾰγον, eat together, NT+5th c.BC+

συσταυρόομαι, passive, to be crucified together with, τινι NT

† I. [סָפַח] vb. join, attach to;— Qal Imv. ms. sf. סְפָחֵ֫נִי נָא אֶל־וגק׳ 1 S 2:36 attach me, pray, to one of the priest’s offices. Niph. Pf. 3 pl. וְנִסְפְּחוּ עַל־ consec. Is 14:1 and they shall attach themselves to the house of Jacob (‖ נִלְוָה). Pi. Pt. מְסַפֵּחַ חֲמָֽתְךָ Hb 2:15 joining (to it?) thy fury, but read prob. מִסַּף (ח dittogr.) from the goblet of thy fury (so We Gr Now GASm Da). Pu. Impf. 3 mpl. יְסֻפָּ֑חוּ Jb 30:7 are joined together, hold themselves together (yet read perhaps Niph. יִסָּפֵּ֑חוּ Bu). Hithp. Inf. cstr. מֵהִסְתַּפֵּחַ 1 S 26:19 they have driven me out from joining myself with (בְּ) the inheritance of י׳.

† [צָמַד] vb. bind, join (Arabic ضَمَدَ bind, wind, specif. of girl with two lovers WeGGN 1893, 470; fasten (cattle) to yoke Dozy, مِضْمَد yoke, id.; Assyrian ṣamâdu, bind, harness, so Ethiopic ፀመደ: iii. i be attached, attach oneself, specif. be (religiously) devoted; Aramaic צְמַד, ܨܡܰܕ, bind);— Niph. Impf. 3 ms. וַיִּצָּ֫מֶד Nu 25:3; 3 mpl. וַיִּצָּֽמְדוּ ψ 106:28; Pt. pl. נִצְמָדִים Nu 25:5; join, attach, oneself to (ל) Baal Peor, i.e. adopt his worship Nu 25:3, 5 (JE), whence ψ 106:28. Pu. Pt. f. מְצֻמֶּ֫דֶת 2 S 20:8 a sword bound upon (עַל) his lions. Hiph. Impf. 3 fs. תַּצְמִיד מִרְמָה ψ 50:19 thy tongue combineth (fitteth together, frameth) deceit (> denom. from צֶמֶד Gerber170).

ἄγαμ-ος, ον, unmarried, single, properly of the man, whether bachelor or widower (ἄνανδρος being used of the woman), Refs 8th c.BC+adverb -ως Scholia (at [prev. work]) __II γάμος ἄ. marriage that is no marriage, fatal marriage, Refs 5th c.BC+

ἀντέχω or ἀντίσχω, future ἀνθέζω; participle ἀντισχήσωνRefs 4th c.AD+aorist ἀντέσχον:— hold against, with accusative et genitive, χεῖρ᾽ ἀ. κρατός hold one's hand against one's head so as to shade the eyes, Refs 5th c.BC+ may'st thou keep this sunlight upon his eyes, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II with dative, hold out against, withstand, ἈρπάγῳRefs 5th c.BC+: with accusative, endure, ἀντέχομεν καμάτουςRefs 5th c.BC+ rather belongs to the next signification, hold out as regards the war; so πολλὰἀ. Refs __II.2 hold out, endure, with participle, ἡ Ἄζωτος.. ἐπὶ πλεῖστον χρόνον πολιορκουμένη ἀντέσχεRefs 5th c.BC+; πολλάκις γιγνομένην ψυχὴν ἀντέχειν last through several states of existence, Refs __II.3 absolutely, hold out, stand one's ground, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. ἐπὶ πολύ, ἐπί πλέον, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. ἐλπίσιν in hope, Refs 5th c.BC+ I hold out against.., refuse.., Refs 1st c.AD+ __II.3.b of the rivers drunk by the Persian army, hold out, suffice, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. ὕδωρ παρέχωνRefs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 extend, reach, ἐς ὅσον ἡ ἐπιστήμη ἀ.Refs; prevail, διὰ τὴν λῃστείαν ἐπὶ πολὺ ἀντίσχουσανRefs __III middle, hold before one against something, with accusative et genitive, ἀντίσχεσθε τραπέζας ἰῶν hold out the tables against the arrows, Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 with genitive only, hold on by, cling to, ἐκείνου τῆς χειρόςRefs 5th c.BC+ cling to the banks, keep close to them, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. Ἡρακλέος cleave to Hercules, i.e. worship him above all, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. τῆς ἀρετῆς, Latin adhaerere virtuti, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῆς ἐλευθερίας Canon Laws texts cited in Refs 4th c.BC+. b. with genitive person, care for, support, 1Ep. Thess.Refs __III.3 absolutely, αὐτὸς ἀντέχουRefs 5th c.BC+ __III.4 with double genitive person et of things, ἀνθέξεταί σου τῶν πατρῴων χρημάτων will lay claim to the property from you, dispute it with you, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.5 resist, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.6 adhere, Refs 5th c.BC+

γείτων, ονος, ὁ, ἡ, neighbour, borderer, γείτονες ἠδὲ ἔται Μενελάου Refs 8th c.BC+; opposed to σύνοικος, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐκ τῶν γ. or ἐκ γειτόνων from or in the neighbourhood, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν γειτόνων (i.e. οἴκοις) οἰκεῖν Refs 4th c.BC+ to be of like kind, Refs 7th c.BC+ __II as adjective, neighbouring, bordering, πόλις, πόντος, Refs; χώρα, πύλαι, ῥοαί, Refs 5th c.BC+; also in Prose, ἡ γ. πόλις Refs 5th c.BC+ __III γίτονας (sic)· τὰ δύο αἰδοῖα, Refs 5th c.AD+

δῆμος, Doric dialect δᾶμος (compare infr. IV), ὁ, district, country, land, Βοιωτοὶ μάλα πίονα δ. ἔχοντες Refs 8th c.BC+ the land of dreams, Refs __2 the people, inhabitants of such a district, πόληΐ τε παντί τε δήμῳ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II hence (since the common people lived in the country, the chiefs in the city), the commons, common people, δήμου ἀνήρ, opposed to βασιλεύς, ἔξοχος ἀνήρ, etc., NT+8th c.BC+ being a commoner, Refs 8th c.BC+; opposed to οἱ εὐδαίμονες, Refs 5th c.BC+; opposed to οἱ παχέες, Refs; opposed to οἱ δυνατοί, Refs 5th c.BC+; = Latin plebs, Refs 1st c.BC+unus de plebe, Refs 2nd c.AD+; in an army, rank and file, opposed to officers, ὁ δ. τῶν στρατιωτῶν Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 metaphorically, δ. ἰχθύων Refs 4th c.BC+; ὀρνέων Refs 4th c.AD+ __III in a political sense, the sovereign people, the free citizens, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 popular government, democracy, opposed to ὀλιγαρχίη, Refs 5th c.BC+; opposed to οἱ τύραννοι, Refs 5th c.BC+; δήμου κατάλυσις Refs 5th c.BC+; δ. καταστῆσαι, καταπαύειν, Refs 5th c.BC+: in plural, democracies, Refs 4th c.BC+ __III.3 the popular assembly, λέγειν ἐν τῷ δ. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ βουλὴ καὶ ὁ δ., formula in Inscrr., as Refs; of the assembly of Oxyrhynchus, Refs 3rd c.AD+ __IV township, commune (= Doric dialect κώμη accusative to Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.:—Doric dialect δᾶμος, Refs: in indications of origin, Σωφάνης ἐκ δ. Δεκελεῆθεν Refs 5th c.BC+ __V name for a prostitute, Refs 7th c.BC+ __VI faction in the circus, Refs 3rd c.AD+ __VII ={κατανάγκη}, Ps.-Refs 1st c.AD+. (Perh. cognate with Sanskrit dā´ti 'reap', δαίομαι, δατέομαι.)

“Hebrew”: and as substantive, a Hebrew, NT+2nd c.AD+:— adjective Ἑβραϊκός, ή, όν, NT:—feminine Ἑβραΐς, ίδος, διάλεκτος NT+1st c.AD+:—Verb Ἑβραΐζω, speak Hebrew, Refs:— adverb Ἑβραϊστί, in the Hebrew tongue, LXX Si.prol., NT

ἐθν-ικός, ή, όν, national, συστάσεις Refs 5th c.BC+ __II foreign, gentile, NT adverb -κῶς, opposed to ἸουδαϊκῶςNT __II.b in the Roman Empire, provincial, Codex Just.Refs __III Grammars, indicating nationality, Refs 2nd c.BC+ adverb -κῶς, παραχθένRefs 1st c.BC+ __III.2 dialectal, ἔθος Refs 2nd c.AD+ __IV ἐθνικός, ὁ, tax-collector, Refs 6th c.AD+

θῠρωρ-ός, Refs 5th c.AD+ θυραϝωρός uncertain in Refs., Epic dialect θυραωρός (which see), ὁ, ἡ:— door-keeper, porter, NT+7th c.BC+:—also θυρουρός Refs 3rd c.BC+. (From θυρα-hoρϝος, compare οὖρος, ἐρύω (B): connected with ὠρέω by Refs 1st c.AD+

ὁμοῦ (Aeolic dialect ὔμοι Refs 7th c.BC+, adverb, __I properly of Place, at the same place, together, μὴ ἐμὰ σῶν ἀπάνευθε τιθήμεναι ὀστέ᾽, Ἀχιλλεῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ. Refs 8th c.BC+; ὁ. εἶναι, opposed to χωρὶς εἶναι, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 generally, together, at once, ὁ. δ᾽ ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους Refs 8th c.BC+likewise, Refs or τε, like Engl. both, εἰ δὴ ὁ. πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς Refs 8th c.BC+; χίλι᾽ ὑπέστη, αἶγας ὁ. καὶ ὄϊς a thousand smaller cattle, both goats and sheep,Refs 8th c.BC+; compare ὁμῶς. __I.3 with dative, together with, along with, ὁ. νεφέεσσιν ἰών Refs 8th c.BC+ following the dative, ὅσσαι μοι ὁ. τράφεν Refs 8th c.BC+; θεοῖς ὁ., ={ξὺν θεοῖς}, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὔ ποτ᾽ εἶμι τοῖς φυτεύσασίν γ᾽ ὁ. will never meet them, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II close at hand, ὁρῶ τάλαιναν Εὐρυδίκην ὁ. Refs 5th c.BC+: also with dative, close to, τοῖς ἐμοῖς πλευροῖς ὁ. κλιθεῖσαν Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ. τι τῷ (variant{τοῦ}) τίκτειν παρεγένεθ᾽ ἡ κόρη Refs 4th c.BC+; ὁ. τῷ θανάτῳ ὄντας at death's door, Refs 2nd c.AD+; ὁ. ἦν καὶ ἔχειν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ γένος ὅλον μετὰ τῆς πόλεως it was much the same thing, Refs 4th c.AD+ __II.2 rarely with genitive, νεὼς ὁ. στείχειν Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶναι ὁ. ἀλλήλων (variant{-οις}) Refs 5th c.BC+; κυμάτω [ν ὁ] μοῦ uncertain in Refs 7th c.BC+ __II.3 of amount, in all, in round numbers, ἀπὸ Σόλωνος ὁ. διακόσι᾽ ἐστὶν ἔτη Refs 4th c.BC+

πάροικος, ον, dwelling beside or near, neighbouring, with genitive, Κάδμου πάροικοι.. δόμων Refs 5th c.BC+; neighbour, οὐκ ἀσίνης π. Refs 7th c.BC+; Ἀττικὸς π., proverbial of a restless neighbour, Refs 4th c.BC+ __2 π. πόλεμος war with neighbours, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II foreign, alien, LXX+NT: as substantive, sojourner in another's house, Refs 3rd c.AD+: generally, alien, stranger, LXX: in later Greek, ={μέτοικος}, Refs 3rd c.BC+; = colonus, Refs 4th c.AD+

πολῑτ-ης, ου, ὁ, Ionic dialect πολιήτης (which see), citizen, freeman, Refs 8th c.BC+; πόλεως, πόλεων π., Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 fellow-citizen (compare πολιήτης), Refs 7th c.BC+: and by a Comedy texts metaphorically, οἴνου π. ὢν κρατίστου Refs 4th c.BC+ __II adjective belonging to, connected with one's city or country, θεοὶ πολῖται, ={πολιοῦχοι}, Refs 4th c.BC+; π. δῆμος, ={ὁ τῆς πόλεως}, Refs 5th c.BC+

προσήλυτ-ος, ον, one that has arrived at a place, stranger, sojourner, τῷ προσελθόντι προσηλύτῳLXX __II one who has come over to Judaism, convert, proselyte, NT+1st c.AD+

συγκοινων-ός, όν, partaking jointly of, τῆς ῥίζης NT+7th c.AD+: substantive, partner, Refs 6th c.AD+

συμπορεύομαι, come, go, or proceed together, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ ψυχὴ -ευθεῖσα θεῷ Refs 5th c.BC+; τῷ Χρόνῳ Refs 5th c.AD+; ἐπί τινι συμφέροντι for some advantage, Refs 4th c.BC+ __II assemble, of the Senate, Refs 2nd c.BC+; of a workers' guild, Refs 3rd c.BC+: metaphorically, consort together, hold intercourse, ἀλλήλοις Refs 1st c.AD+

σύνοιδα, perfect with present sense, 1st pers. plural σύνισμεν Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect συνοίδαμεν Refs 5th c.BC+, 3rd.pers. plural συνίσᾱσι Refs 5th c.BC+; infinitive ξυνειδέναι Refs 5th c.BC+pluperfect with imperfect sense, συνῄδειν, Attic dialect συνῄδη, dual συνῄστην, plural -ῇσμεν, -ῇστε, -ῇσαν, Ionic dialect2nd pers. plural συνῃδέᾰτε Refs 5th c.BC+: future συν (ξυν-) είσομαι Refs 5th c.BC+, and aorist participle -ειδήσαςRefs 1st c.BC+:—know something about a person, especially as a potential witness for or against him, ἢ (i.e. Δίκη) σιγῶσα σύνοιδε τὰ γιγνόμενα πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα Refs 6th c.BC+; τά τοι ἐγὼ καὶ ἀμφότερα συνειδὼς ἔχω μαρτυρέειν to both of which I, knowing them true of you, can testify, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ Μηδικὰ καὶ ὅσα αὐτοὶ σύνιστε our other services to which you can testify, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὑπολαμβάνων παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἑκάστῳ τὸ συνειδὸς ὑπάρχειν μοι believing that I can rely on your acknowledgement of my services, Refs 4th c.BC+; τί μοι σύνοισθα τοιοῦτον εἰργασμέν; Refs 5th c.BC+; ξυνειδὼς οὐ φράσει; Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐκ αἰσχυνοῦμαι.. εἰπεῖν (variant) ἅπασιν ὅσα σύνοιδ᾽ αὐτῷ κακά Refs 5th c.BC+; θνῄσκοντι συνείσῃ (conjecture Reiske for συνοίσῃ) thou wilt witness my death, Refs 5th c.BC+; δύ᾽ ἡμῶν ἢ τρία κακὰ ξυνειδὼς εἶπε δρώσας μυρία (i.e. Εὐριπίδης) Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ τίνα σύνοισθά μοι καλουμένῃ βροτῶ; Refs 4th c.BC+; σύνοιδα τοῖς πλείστοις αὐτῶν ἥκιστα χαίρουσι I can bear witness that most of them are far from pleased.., Refs 5th c.BC+; with a mixture of dative and accusative construction, συνίσασι γὰρ αὐτῷ.. καθιστάμενον, ἐκ δὲ τούτων.. δυνάμενον Refs 7th c.BC+; ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς σύνοισθα σαυτῷ ἐν τῇ τῶν γραμμάτων μαθήσει from your experience of yourself.., Refs 5th c.BC+; σύνοιδ᾽ ἐμαυτῇ πολλὰ (δείν᾽) NT+5th c.BC+; συνειδότες αὑτοῖς with full consciousness, Refs W.:—with participle __a in nominative, πῶς οὖν ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτ᾽ ἐγὼ ξυνείσομαι, φεύγοντ᾽ ἀπολύσας ἄνδρ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __b in dative, σύνοιδα ἐμαυτῷ ἀντιλέγειν οὐ δυναμένῳ Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 with dative of things, know something about a thing, τοῖς διὰ τῶν εἰκότων τὰς ἀποδείξεις ποιουμένοις λόγοις σύνοιδα οὖσιν ἀλαζόσιν Refs 5th c.BC+; καιρὸς.. σὲ εἰπεῖν ἃ σύνοισθα τῷ βίῳ ἑκάστῳ what you know about each life, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II share the knowledge of something with somebody, to be implicated in or privy to it, οὐδὲ ξυνῄδει σοί τις ἔκθεσιν τέκνο; Refs 5th c.BC+; ξύνοιδε δ᾽ οὔτις οἰκετῶν νόσονRefs 5th c.BC+; συνειδέναι δὲ (i.e. τὰς μαντηΐας) καὶ τοὺς Πυθίους NT+5th c.BC+participle __II.a in dative, μήτε τῳ ξυνειδέναι τὸ πρᾶγμα βουλεύσαντι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.b in accusative, ἀνδράποδα, ἂ συνῄδει τὴν γυναῖκα.. θάνατον μηχανωμένην Refs 5th c.BC+ __III know well, αὐτὸς ξυνειδώς, ἢ μαθὼν ἄλλου πάρ; as from his own knowledge, or.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; so also (unless there is ellipse of reflexive pronoun) σύνοιδα δείν᾽ εἰργασμένος Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV with dative of things. to be privy to, Refs 1st c.BC+; τῷ φόνῳ Refs 2nd c.AD+ __V τὸ συνειδός complicity, τὸ σ. τοῦ πράγματος Refs 1st c.AD+; consciousness, τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς Refs __V.2 conscience, ὑπὸ συνειδότος ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἀγαθοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+ __VI ὡς ἂν συνειδῇς as you may think proper, Refs 6th c.AD+

συντίθημι, used by Refs 8th c.BC+middle, see below:—passive (see. below), but σύγκειμαι is more frequently as passive:— place or put together, τὴν οὐρὴν καὶ τὸν σπλῆνα.. συνθεὶς ὁμοῦ Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. ἱμάτια, opposed to ἀνασείειν, fold them together, Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. σκέλη, opposed to ἐκτείνειν, Refs; opposed to διαιρεῖσθαι, Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. ἄρθρα στόματος close the lips, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς τὸ οὖλον (αυλον codex) σ. τὴν κόμην, = calamistrat, Refs —passive, τὸ συντίθεσθαι καθ᾽ ὁντινοῦν τρόπον ῥῖγος οὐκ ἀγαθόν ἐστι any sort of combination of shivering (with other symptoms), Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 technical uses, __2.a in Mathematics texts, add together, of numbers, Refs 5th c.BC+; τό τε ἀρχαῖον καὶ τὸ ἔργον principal and interest, Refs 4th c.BC+: Geometry texts, of lines and figures, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __2.b in Mathematics texts also, of the transformation of a ratio componendo, Refs 4th c.BC+ __2.c Logic, combine the terms of a proposition, Refs 4th c.BC+; also, use the fallacy of composition Refs __2.d Rhet., accumulate, joined with ἐποικοδομεῖν (to form a climax), Refs __2.e σ. λόγον make up an account, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __II put together constructively, so as to make a whole, πεντηκοντέρους καὶ τριήρεας (as a bridge) Refs 5th c.BC+; λίθους, of builders, Refs 5th c.BC+; πλίνθους, ξύλα, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ κομισθέντα Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 construct, frame, τὸ θνητὸν γένος Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ συνθείς the creator, Refs:—passive, to be constructed, of the material universe, opposed to διαλύεσθαι, Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.2.b σ. τι ἀπό τινος compose or make one thing of or from another, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴδωλον οὐρανοῦ ξυνθεῖσ᾽ ἄπο (Reiske for ὕπο) Refs 5th c.BC+; δυοῖν ἅμιλλαν ξ. strive for two things at once, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 construct or frame a story, συνθέντες λόγον Refs 5th c.BC+; narrate in writing, τὰ Ἑλληνικά Refs 5th c.BC+; compose, σ. μύθους, ποίησιν, μελῳδίαν, ὄρχησιν, Refs 5th c.BC+ —passive, perfect συντέθειταιRefs; περὶ ὀλίγας οἰκίας αἱ.. τραγῳδίαι συντίθενται Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.4 in Mathematics texts, of the synthesis of a geometrical problem, opposed to ἀναλύω, Refs 3rd c.AD+; συντεθήσεται τὸ πρόβλημα οὕτως the synthesis of the problem will proceed thus, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __II.5 frame, devise, contrive, ὁ συνθεὶς τάδε the framer of this plot, Refs 5th c.BC+; rarely in good sense, εὖ πρᾶγμα συντεθὲν ὄψεσθε Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.6 put together, take in, comprehend, παιδὸς μόρον Refs 5th c.BC+ putting things shortly together, speaking briefly, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III commit to a person's care, deliver to him for his own use or that of others, Refs 3rd c.BC+; γνώριζε οὐχ ὑπάρχον παρ᾽ ἡμῖν ἀργύριον τοσοῦτο ὥστε ἱκανὸν συνθεῖναι Πυρρίχῳ Refs 3rd c.BC+; τινὶ ὀστᾶ, ἐπιστολάς, πλῆθος χρυσίου, etc., Refs 2nd c.BC+ __III.2 αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἔνοχοι εἴημεν τῷ ὅρκῳ ὁπηνίκ᾽ ἂν εὖ συνθῶμεν perhaps as soon as we have duly delivered (or executed) this declaration, Refs 1st c.BC+; συνθεὶς τούτους μου τοὺς λιβέλλους ἐπιδίδωμι τῇ σῇ λαμπρότητι Refs 6th c.AD+ __IV collect, conclude, infer, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __B middle συντίθεμαι, used by Refs 8th c.BC+aorist 2 and in signification Refs __B.I put together for oneself, i.e. observe, give heed to, σύνθετο θυμῷ βουλήν Refs 8th c.BC+; and, simply, perceive, hear, κλαιούσης ὄπα σύνθετο Refs 8th c.BC+ do thou take heed, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2 set in order organize, δύναμιν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II agree on, conclude (compare συνθήκη), ἄνδρεσσι κακοῖς συνθέμενοι φιλίην Refs 6th c.BC+; συντίθεσθαι συμμαχίην, ὁμαιχμίην τισί, Refs 5th c.BC+.á; τὰς ξυνθήκας ἂς ξυνέθεντο Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. ναῦλον agree upon the fare, Refs 5th c.BC+; ταῦτα συνθέμενοι having agreed on these points, Refs 5th c.BC+with Refs 5th c.BC+ —passive, τοῦ συντεθέντος χρόνου agreed upon, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 with infinitive, covenant, agree to do, συνέθευ παρέχειν φωνάν Refs 5th c.BC+: with infinitive future, ξυνέθεντο ἥξειν Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. τινί followed by infinitive future, συνθέμενοι ἡμῖν.. ἀντιώσεσθαι Refs 5th c.BC+infinitive must be supplied in the phrases, κατὰ (i.e. καθ᾽ ἃ) συνεθήκαντο, καθ᾽ ὅτι ἂν συνθῶνται, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.3 absolutely, make a covenant, ἔβαν συνθέμενος Refs 7th c.BC+; αὐτὸς σαυτῷ συνέθου Refs 5th c.BC+; συνθέσθαι πρός τινα come to terms with him, Decrees cited in Refs 4th c.BC+; περί τινος πρὸς ἀλλήλους Refs 1st c.BC+; also, bet, wager, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.II.4 vote with, support, τούτοις Refs 5th c.BC+; assent to, πᾶσι τοῖς προκειμένοις Refs 2nd c.AD+; ἵνα μὴ δόξω συνθέσθαι τῇ τοῦ πραγματικοῦ ἀγνοίᾳ Refs 3rd c.AD+ __B.II.5 conclude, infer Refs 4th c.BC+ —passive, τὰ ὕστερον -τεθησόμεναRefs

† [אוּת] vb. only Niph. Impf. consent, agree (cf. Rab. נֵיאוֹת Niph. Pt. especially enjoying NHWB48) sq. לְ Gn 34:22 יֵאֹתוּ לָנוּ; v 15 נֵאוֹת לָכֶם; v 23 נֵאוֹתָה לָהֶם; sq. Inf. 2 K 12:9 וַיֵּאֹתוּ הַבֹּהֲנִים לְבִלְתִּי קְחַת־כֶּסֶף.

† חֹבֶ֫רֶת n.f. a thing that joins or is joined, only of the curtain-pieces of the tabernacle, as joined together:—הַח׳ Ex 26:10; 36:17; בַּחֹבָ֑רֶת Ex 26:4, 10.

† כִּלְאַיִם n.[m.] du. two kinds (Arabic كِلَانِ, كِلَا both; Ethiopic ክልኤ; two; perhaps also כלאי MI23 both, two, Nö LCB 1889, 61, cf. Dr Sm xcii; Sm u. So MI 1886 suggest reservoirs; v. also כְּלִי)—בְּהֶמְתְּךָ לֹא תַּרְבִּיעַ כ׳ Lv 19:19 not cause thy cattle to breed (in) two kinds; שָֽׂדְךָ לֹא תִּזְרַע כ׳ v 19 (H); לֹא תִּזְרַע כַּרְמְךָ כ׳ Dt 22:9 (both כִּלְאָ֑יִם); בֶּגֶד כ׳ Lv 19:19 (H);—only in law of H and D against mixtures.

† כְּרִיתוּת n.f. divorcement;—כ׳ Is 50:1; כְּרִיתֻת Dt 24:1, 3; pl. sf. כְּרִיתֻתֶיהָ Je 3:8; סֵפֶר כ׳ writing (i.e. deed) of divorcement, Dt 24:1, 3; Is 50:1; Je 3:8.

ἀπάντ-ησις, εως, ἡ, = {ἀπάντημα}, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰς -σίν τινι ἐξελθεῖνLXX+NT; escort, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __II meeting in argument, reply, πρός τιRefs 4th c.BC+; ἀ. ποιεῖσθαι to reply, Refs 2nd c.BC+; προσφιλὴς κατ᾽ ἀ. in conversation, Refs 1st c.BC+ __III steadfastness in face of opposition, Refs 5th c.BC+

Included with: ἀπο-στᾰσίου δίκη action against a freedman for having forsaken his προστάτης and chosen another, ἀ. ὀφλεῖνRefs 4th c.BC+ __II ἀποστασίου βιβλίον writing or bill of divorce, LXX+NT __III ἀποστασίου συγγραφή deed of cession, conveyance, Refs 3rd c.BC+; ἀντίγραφονίουRefs 2nd c.AD+; with συγγραφή omitted, especially in phrase πρᾶσις καὶ ἀποστασίουRefs 1st c.AD+

“Hebrew”: and as substantive, a Hebrew, NT+2nd c.AD+:— adjective Ἑβραϊκός, ή, όν, NT:—feminine Ἑβραΐς, ίδος, διάλεκτος NT+1st c.AD+:—Verb Ἑβραΐζω, speak Hebrew, Refs:— adverb Ἑβραϊστί, in the Hebrew tongue, LXX Si.prol., NT

μίσθιος, α, ον, salaried, hired, Refs 1st c.AD+ __II substantive μίσθιος, ὁ, hired labourer, servant, LXX+3rd c.BC+ (unless = tenant) Refs 2nd c.AD+mercenaries, Refs 1st c.AD+

μισθ-ωτός, ή, όν, hired, ἐπίκουροι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II substantive, hireling, hired servant, NT+5th c.BC+: frequently of soldiers, mercenaries, Refs 5th c.BC+; of a spy or agent, Refs 4th c.BC+

μνηστ-εύω, Doric dialect μναστ-, aorist ἐμνήστευσα: perfect μεμνήστευκα Refs 1st c.BC+:—middle, future μνηστεύσομαι Refs 4th c.AD+: perfect μεμνήστευμαι Refs 2nd c.AD+, in passive sense, NT:—court, seek in marriage, with accusative, ἀγαθήν τε γυναῖκα καὶ ἀφνειοῖο θύγατρα μνηστεύειν Refs 8th c.BC+; woo and win, espouse, Refs 6th c.BC+:—middle, court for oneself, Περσεφόνης γάμον Refs 1st c.AD+:—passive, of the woman, μναστευθείσᾳ᾽ ξ Ἑλλάνων Refs 5th c.BC+ __II promise in marriage, betroth, τινά τινι Refs 5th c.BC+; γάμον μνηστεύειν (with or without τινι) to bring about a marriage for another, help him to a wife, Refs 3rd c.BC+ —passive, τῇ μεμνηστευμένῃ αὐτῷ γυναικί his betrothed wife, NT __II.b metaphorically, τοσόνδε κίνδυνον αὐτῷ ὁ ὄλεθρος τῶν ἀδελφῶν μ. Refs 1st c.AD+ __III generally, sue, canvass for a thing, with accusative, χειροτονίαν Refs 5th c.BC+: with infinitive, μνηστευόμενος ἄρχειν ἑκόντων Refs 1st c.AD+ —also in middle, μ. πόλεμον, διαλλαγάς, Refs 1st c.AD+ __IV λόγον μ. τινί pass off a speech upon a person, hawk it to him, Refs 5th c.BC+

νυμφ-ών, ῶνος, ὁ, bridechamber, LXX+NT+1st c.AD+ __II temple of Dionysus, Demeter, and Persephone, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __III a kind of νυμφαία, Ps.-Refs 1st c.AD+

παρεπί-δημος, ον, sojourning in a strange place, especially as substantive, LXX+3rd c.BC+

συγκοινων-έω, have a joint share of, τῆς δόξης ταύτης Refs 4th c.BC+; to be connected with, τῆς κνήμης Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. τινί τινος go shares with one in a thing, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 in “NT” with dative, take part in, have fellowship with, ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις NT

Related to: συζῶ, imperative σύζηθι Philem.p.69 Demiańczuk:— live with, σ. τινί Refs 5th c.BC+ with dative _of things_, σ. φιλοπραγμοσύνῃ pass one's life in.. , Refs 4th c.BC+; βίῳ αὐχμηρῷ σ. Refs 2nd c.AD+; θηρίον ὕδατι συζῶν a creature living in water, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 absolutely, live together, [πολιτεία] χαλεπὴ συζῆν Refs 5th c.BC+

συμμαρτῠρέω, bear witness with or in support of another, ξυμμαρτυρῶ σοι Refs 5th c.BC+; τι to a fact, Refs 6th c.BC+; followed by a relative, ὡς.. σύ μοι ξυμμαρτυρῇς οἵα πέφυκα Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 Astrology texts, to be in aspect with, configurate with, Refs 2nd c.AD+

συνανα-μείγνῡμι, mix up together, Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, with dative, Refs 4th c.BC+; associate with, τισι NT+4th c.BC+; of two bodies of men meeting, Refs 1st c.AD+; ἡ ἄνοια ξ. αὐτοῖς is part of their nature, Refs 2nd c.AD+

συναπο-θνήσκω, die together with, τινι NT+5th c.BC+; συναποθνῄσκοντες, title of comedy by Diphilus, Ter.Refs 5th c.BC+; σ. νοσήματα, i.e. cling to one until death, Refs 5th c.BC+

συνεγείρω, help in raising, κτῆνος Refs 1st c.AD+; raise also, νεκρούς NT; help in stirring up, θρήνους Refs 1st c.AD+:—passive, rise together, LXX+NT; of an invalid, revive, Refs 2nd c.AD+

ὑπάντ-ησις, εως, ἡ, coming to meet, ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν αὐτῷ NT+1st c.AD+ __2 Astrology texts, encounter of a heavenly body, in ἄφεσις, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II metaphorically, retort, answer, Refs 2nd c.AD+; πρός τιRefs 2nd c.AD+ __II.2 counter-treatment, Refs 2nd c.AD+

φῐλόξεν-ος, poetry φῐλοξέν-ξεινος, ον:— loving strangers, hospitable, NT+8th c.BC+; παθεῖν φιλόξενον ἔργον to meet with an act of hospitality, Refs 5th c.BC+; φιλόξεν᾽ ἐστὶν (i.e. τὰ δώματα) Αἰγίσθου διαί Refs 4th c.BC+: superlative -ώτατοςRefs 5th c.BC+; -έστατος Refs 5th c.BC+. adverb -νωςRefs 5th c.BC+

† דָּבֵק adj. clinging, cleaving (to), דּ׳ abs. וְיֵשׁ אֹהֵב דָּבֵק מֵאָח Pr 18:24; דְּבֵקָה לְ 2 Ch 3:12 (of cherub’s wing); of cleaving to הַדְּבֵקִים בְּ י׳ Dt 4:4.

† [חֲבַר] n.m. fellow, comrade (𝔗 Syriac; v. BH);—pl. sf. חַבְרוֹ֫הִי Dn 2:13, 17, 18.

† [יָבַם] vb.denom., only Pi. do the duty of יָבָם to a brother’s widow; Pf. וְיִבְּמָהּ consec. Dt 25:5 and shall do a brother-in-law’s office to her; Imv. יַבֵּם אֹתָהּ Gn 38:8 (i.e. אֵשֶׁת אָחִיךָ v a); Inf. sf. לֹא אָבָה יַבְּמִי Dt 25:7 (on nominal sf. as obj. of inf., v. Ges§ 115 R. 2 ad fin.).

† [יָחַד] vb. be united (Arabic وَحَدَ be alone, ii. make one; NH Pi. יִּחֵד make or declare one; Aramaic יַחֵד unite, ܫܰܘܚܶܕ set alone)— Qal Impf. 3 fs. Gn 49:6 בִּקְהָלָם אַל־תֵּחַד כְּבוֹדִי in their assembly let my glory not be united (‖ בְּסֹדָם אַל־תָּבֹא נַפְשִׁי); 2 fs. Is 14:20 לֹא תֵחַד אִתָּם בִּקְבוּרָה. Pi. Imv. ψ 86:11 יַחֵד לְבָבִי לְיִרְאָה שְׁמֶ֑ךָ unite my heart (i.e. concentrate its affections, cf. Je 32:39) to fear thy name (but 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Gr Bi Ch יִחַדְּ (from חָדָה) let my heart rejoice, etc.)

† יִשְׂרְאֵלִי adj.gent. of foregoing;—m. הַיִּשׂ׳ Lv 24:10; f. הַיִּשְׂרְאֵלִית v 10, 11, cf. v 10.—2 S 17:25 הַיִּשְׁמְעֵאלִי, 𝔊A Th We Dr al. (so ‖ 1 Ch 2:19).

† מִרְקַ֫חַת n.f. 1. ointment-mixture. 2. ointment-pot (?);— 1. abs. רֹקְחֵי הַמּ׳ 1 Ch 9:30; רֹקַח מ׳ Ex 30:25. 2. בְּמ׳ 2 Ch 16:14 in an ointment-pot (?), or as an ointment-mixture.

Ἀθην-αιότης, τητος, ἡ, quality of being Athenian, Refs 2nd c.AD+

Αἰθίοψ, οπος, ὁ, feminine Αἰθιοπίς, ίδος, ἡ (Αἰθίοψ as feminine, Refs 4th c.BC+: plural ΑἰθιοπῆεςRefs 8th c.BC+: (αἴθω, ὄψ):—properly, Burnt-face, i.e. Ethiopian, negro, Refs 8th c.BC+; proverbial, Αἰθίοπα σμήχειν 'to wash a blackamoor white', Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 a fish, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __II adjective, Refs 5th c.BC+substantive Αἰθιοπίς, ἡ, title of Epic poem in the Homeric cycle; also name of a plant, silver sage, Salvia argentea, Refs 1st c.AD+:— also Αἰθιόπιος, α, ον, Refs 5th c.BC+: Αἰθιοπικός, ή, όν, Refs 5th c.BC+; Αἰ. κύμινον, ={ἄμι}, Refs 5th c.BC+:—substantive Αἰθιοπία, ἡ, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 red-brown, Refs 1st c.BC+

Ἀλεξανδρεύς, -έως, ὁ an Alexandrian: Act.6:9 18:24.† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

Ἰουδα-ϊσμός, ὁ, “ Judaism”, LXX+NT:

Καναναῖος, -ου, ὁ or Καναναῖος (late Heb. קָנָא), 1. an emulator, zealous admirer or follower , 5th/4th c.BC, etc. 2. a zealot , used to translate Κανανίτης or Καναναῖος (from the Hebr. qana, to glow, be zealous) , Refs 1st c.AD

παροικ-έω, dwell beside, with accusative, ἀπὸ Κνίδου μέχρι Σινώπης τὴν Ἀσίαν π. dwell along the coasts of Asia, Refs 5th c.BC+: with dative, live near, πόλει Refs 5th c.BC+; dwell among, τισι Refs 5th c.BC+; of places, lie near, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II live in a place as πάροικος, οἱ παροικοῦντες ξένοι Refs 2nd c.BC+; ὡς ἐπὶ ξένης Refs 1st c.AD+; sojourn in, Ἱερουσαλήμ NT __III metaphorically, τὸν ἀνθ ρώπινον βίον παρῳκηκότες Refs 1st c.BC+

παροικ-ία, ἡ, (πάροικος Refs sojourning in a foreign land, LXX+NT; οἱ ἐν τῇ π., ={οἱ ἐκτός}, Refs

πολῑτ-εία, Ionic dialect πολῑτ-ηΐη, ἡ, condition and rights of a citizen, citizenship, Refs 5th c.BC+: plural, grants of citizenship, Refs 4th c.BC+ __2 the daily life of a citizen, Refs 5th c.BC+; life, living, ἡ ἐν Βοιωτίᾳ π. NT+2nd c.BC+ __3 concrete, body of citizens, Refs 4th c.BC+ __4 = Latin civitas in geographical sense, Refs 3rd c.AD+ __II government, administration, Refs 5th c.BC+; course of policy, τῇ π. καὶ τοῖς ψηφίσμασι Refs 4th c.BC+: plural, acts of policy, Refs 1st c.AD+ __II.2 tenure of public office, πᾶσαν π. ἐπιφανῶς ἐκτελέσαι Refs; ἐν τοῖς τῆς π. χρόνοις Refs 3rd c.BC+ __III civil polity, constitution of a state, Refs 5th c.BC+; form of gouernment, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν ἀρίστην πολιτεύεσθαι π.Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 especially republican government, free common-wealth, Refs 4th c.BC+; ὅταν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν πολιτεύηται συμφέρον, καλεῖται π.Refs 5th c.BC+

πρόσ-κλῐσις, εως, ἡ, leaning against, ζῴου πρὸς δένδρον Refs 1st c.BC+ __2 genuflexion, Refs 4th c.AD+ __II inclination, predilection, τῶν γερόντων Refs 2nd c.BC+; τινι to one, Refs; π. δόγμασιν Refs 2nd c.AD+; κατὰ πρόσκλισιν with partiality, NT

προσκολλ-άω, glue on or to, τι πρός τι Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, generally, to be stuck to, stick or cleave to, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὑπὸ τοῦ αἵματος προσκολληθῆναι τὴν ῥομφαίαν αὐτοῦ τῇ δεξιᾷ Refs 1st c.AD+; of a snail, τοῖς θαμνίσκοις π. Refs 1st c.AD+; of a husband, π. τῇ γυναικί LXX+NT+1st c.AD+ __II intransitive of style, to be compact, Refs 1st c.BC+

Σαμαρεῖτις (-ῖτις, T, see supr.), -ιδος, ἡ __1. in FlJ (B.J., i, 21, 2, al.), the region of Samaria. __2. a Samaritan woman: Jhn.4:9.† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

συγκάθ-ημαι, Ionic dialect συγ-κάτημαι, used as perfect of συγκαθέζομαι, sit as assessor with, [τῷ Καίσαρι] Wilcken Refs 1st c.AD+; live in the same quarters, Refs 5th c.BC+; of a number of persons, sit together, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially of persons sitting to deliberate, sit in conclave, meet in assembly, ἐν τῇ Πυκνὶ.. πρόβατα -ήμενα Refs 5th c.BC+ __II sink or subside together, settle down, Refs 1st c.BC+

συγκαθ-ίζω, make to sit together or in a body, τὰ συνέδρια LXX:—middle or passive, sit in conclave, meet for deliberation, σ. τὸ δικαστήριον Refs 5th c.BC+ __II intransitive in active, sit together, Refs 4th c.AD+ __II.2 settle down in a boiling pot, Refs __III sit or settle down, of quadrupeds that lie down by doubling their legs under them, Refs 4th c.BC+; σ. ἐπὶ τὰ ὄπισθενLXX; σῶμα συγκεκαθικός a bent, stooping figure, Refs 4th c.BC+; of men, crouch down, Refs 1st c.AD+; of women, Thessalus in Refs; also τὰ νέφη εἰς τὰ κοῖλα σ. Refs 4th c.BC+

συγκᾰκοπᾰθέω, partake in sufferings, NT

συ-ζεύγνῡμι, yoke together, couple, ἵππους Refs 5th c.BC+; especially in marriage, τῷ μὲν φίλην σύζευξον ἄλοχον Refs 5th c.BC+:—middle, yoke for oneself, ἅρμα Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, to be yoked with, coupled with, paired, μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων Refs 4th c.BC+; variant for{προσ-} in Refs 5th c.BC+; τίνι πότμῳ συνεζύγη; Refs 1st c.BC+; συζυγέντες ὁμιλοῦσι they live in close familiarity, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 less frequently, also in passive, of things, to be closely united, ἁ ψυχὰ τῷ σώματι συνέζευκται Refs 5th c.BC+

συζωοποιέω, quicken together with, τινὰς τῷ Χριστῷ NT

συμβᾰσῐλ-εύω, rule, reign together with, τινι NT+2nd c.BC+

συμμέτ-οχος, ον, partaking with another in a thing, τινί τινος NT+1st c.AD+: as substantive, joint owner, Refs 6th c.AD+

συμπαθ-έω, to be sympathetically affected, δοκεῖ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα συμπαθεῖν ἀλλήλοις Refs 4th c.BC+:—passive, Refs 1st c.AD+ __2 with dative person, sympathize with, τοῖς φίλοις Refs 4th c.BC+ __3 with dative of things, sympathize in, feel for, ἀτυχίαις NT+5th c.BC+ __4 absolutely, feel sympathy, Refs 1st c.AD+; ἐκ τοῦ παθεῖν γίγνωσκε καὶ τὸ συμπαθεῖν· καὶ σοὶ γὰρ ἄλλος συμπαθήσεται παθών (future middle in active sense) Refs 4th c.BC+

συμπάσχω, have the same thing happen to one, οἱ τοὺς Χασμωμένους.. ὁρῶντες ταὐτὸν τοῦτο σ. NT+5th c.BC+ __II with dative, to be affected in common with, ἀλλήλοις Refs 4th c.BC+; commotiunculis, Refs 1st c.BC+; προσώποις, of a mimic dancer, Refs 2nd c.AD+; τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς παθήμασι τὸ σῶμα σ. Refs 4th c.BC+; τοῖς ἀναπνευστικοῖς ὀργάνοις τὸ ἧπαρ σ. Refs 2nd c.AD+ __III have a fellow-feeling, sympathize, feel sympathy, Refs 5th c.BC+

συμπέμπω, send or dispatch along with or at the same time, ὕμνον Refs 5th c.BC+: with dative person, νεηνίας καὶ κύνας σ. ἡμῖν NT+5th c.BC+ __2 help in conducting, τὴν πομπήν Refs 5th c.BC+

συνανα-βαίνω, go up with or together, frequently of going into central Asia, Refs 5th c.BC+; τινι with one, NT+5th c.BC+; σ. μέχρι Συήνης Refs 1st c.BC+; pass upwards also, διὰ τῶν ὀστῶν Refs 2nd c.AD+; ascend the sky with, τῷ πόλῳ Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 σ. ἅρμα mount it together, Refs 2nd c.AD+

σύνειμι, (εἶμι ibo) go or come together, assemble, ἐς χῶρον ἕνα ξυνιόντες ἵκοντο Refs 8th c.BC+; συνιόντος ὄχλου πολλοῦ NT __2 in hostile sense, meet in battle, Refs 8th c.BC+; of states, engage in war, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 in peaceable sense, come together, meet to consult or deliberate,Refs 4th c.BC+; of a conspirator, σ. τοῖς φυγάσιν ἐπὶ καταλύσει τοῦ δήμου Refs 4th c.BC+; also of festive meetings, συνόδους συνιέναι Refs 5th c.BC+ __3.b of the council, σύλλογον ὃν εἶπες συνιέναι Refs __4 σ. εἰς τὴν κοινωνίαν, of marriage, Refs; of copulation of animals, Refs 4th c.BC+ __II of things, gather, σ. ἀήρ Refs 5th c.BC+; of clouds, Refs 4th c.BC+; opposed to χωρίζεσθαι, Refs; σ. πρὸς αὑτήν recur, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 of money, come together, come in, of revenue, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 to be contracted, σ. καὶ ψύχεσθαι Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.4 of stars, come into conjunction, Refs 4th c.AD+; of the moon, συνιούσης, opposed to αὐξομένης, Refs 6th c.AD+

συνεισ-έρχομαι, enter along with or together, σοὶ δόμους Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐς οἴκους τινίRefs 5th c.BC+; εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Mitteis Refs 2nd c.AD+; of things, Refs 2nd c.AD+

συνέκδημ-ος, ὁ, fellow-traveller, NT+1st c.AD+; = Latin comes, συνέγδημος Μεσσάλλα τοῦ ἀνθυπάτου Refs 2nd c.AD+: Doric dialect nominative plural συνέγδᾱμοι, of private persons accompanying a public mission, Refs 1st c.BC+ __2 σ. συντάγματα portable handbooks, vade-mecums, Refs 6th c.AD+

συνευωχ-έομαι, passive, feast together, NT+4th c.BC+; [ἀνδριάντι] Refs

συνθάπτω, bury together, join in burying, τινα Refs 5th c.BC+; τινά τινι one with another, Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, to be buried with, τῷ ἀνδρί NT+5th c.BC+

συστρᾰτιώτης, ου, ὁ, fellow-soldier, NT+5th c.BC+:—feminine συστρᾰτηγ-ῶτις, ιδος, metaphorically, Refs 1st c.AD+

φῐλοξεν-ία, Ionic dialect -ιη, ἡ, hospitality, NT+5th c.BC+

† I. אֲמָנָה n.f. faith, support. 1. אֲנַחְנוּ כֹּרְתִים אֲמָנָה we are plighting faith (make a sure covenant AV RV) Ne 10:1. 2. א׳ עַ�� המ׳ support, fixed provision, for the singers Ne 11:23.

† בֹּרִית n.f. lye, alkali, potash, soap, used in washing Je 2:22 Mal 3:2.

† גּוֹיִם n.pr.gent. Gn 14:1, 9, in phr. תִּדְעָל מֶלֶךְ גּוֹיִם Tidʿal king of Goim; prob. a Babylonian (Elamitic, etc.) name corrupted; H. Rawlinson proposes Gutî, a people NE. of Babylonia, COT on Gn 14:1; also KGF 258 al.; cf. also DlPa 233 f.

† רוֹדָנִים n.pr.gent.pl. Rhodians;—1 Ch 1:7, Ῥόδιοι; and so ‖ Gn 10:4 (for דֹּדָנִים q.v.).

† [זְמַן] vb. denom. Hithpa. agree together (𝔗);—Pf. 2 mpl. Dn 2:9 Qr הִזְדַּמִּנְתּוּן (D 211, 2nd ed. 263 M§ 12 a; Kt Haph. הַזְמִנְתּוּן v. 𝔗 Onk Ex 5:14 D (2) 263, 403), sq. Inf. לְמֵאמַר.

† חֹבְלִים n.[m.]pl. union (lit. binders) name of Zec.’s second symbolic staff Zc 11:7 and c. art. v 14. See חָבַל 1.

† יִשְׂרְאֵלִי adj.gent. of foregoing;—m. הַיִּשׂ׳ Lv 24:10; f. הַיִּשְׂרְאֵלִית v 10, 11, cf. v 10.—2 S 17:25 הַיִּשְׁמְעֵאלִי, 𝔊A Th We Dr al. (so ‖ 1 Ch 2:19).

† II. כּוּשִׁי n.pr.m. 𝔊 Χουσει— 1. Je 36:14 great-grandfather of יְהוּדִי, q.v. (perhaps orig. appellat. Cushite). 2. father of prophet Zephaniah Zp 1:1.

† I. כּוּשָׁי adj.gent. of i. כּוּשׁ;—m. כּוּשִׁי Je 13:23 + 13 times; f. כֻּשִׁית Nu 12:1(×2); pl. כּוּשִׁים Zp 2:12 + 6 times; כֻּשִֿׁים Dn 11:43; כֻּשִׁיִּים Am 9:7;— a. sg. agreeing with noun Nu 12:1(×2) (E; only here fem.); b. = subst., a Cushite Je 13:23. c. id. c. art.; the Cushite, of Joab’s adjutant 2 S 18:21(×2) (where read חַכּ׳, for MT כ׳, We Dr Kit Bu), v 22, 23, 31(×2), 32(×2); in appos. with n.pr. Je 38:7, 10, 12; 39:16 2 Ch 14:8. d. pl. (הַ)כּוּשִׁים = subst. Zp 2:12 2 Ch 12:3; 14:11(×2), 12; 16:8; 21:16; so כֻּשִֿׁים Dn 11:43, כֻּשִׁיִּים (si vera l.) Am 9:7.

† II. כְּנַעֲנִי n.m. trader, merchant (cf. ii. כְּנַעַו); only sg. (but v. infr. pl. כְּנַעֲנִים Jb 40:30; pl. sf. כִּנְעָנֶיהָ (si vera l.) Is 23:8 (‖ סֹחֲרֶיהָ).):—וְלֹא יִהְיֶה כ׳ עוֹד בְּבֵית י׳ Zc 14:21 (Aq.); וַחֲגוֹר נָֽתְנָה לַכּ׳ Pr 31:24 (‖ סָדִין עָֽשְׂתָה וַתִּמְכֹּר). In Zc 11:7, 11 read perhaps (לִ)כְנַעֲנִיֵּי for (לָ)כֵן עֲנִיֵּי, 𝔊 Χαναναῖοι, Χαναανῖτιν, StaZAW, 1881, 26 (who comp. as to sense Ho 12:8), cf. Klo We Marti.

† מוֹדַע, מֹדָע n.m. kinsman, מידע לְ Ru 2:1 Kt, but Qr מוֹדַע a kinsman of her husband; fig. מֹדָע לַבִּינָה תִקְרָא Pr 7:4 a kinsman shalt thou call understanding (‖ אֱמֹר לְחָכְמָה אֲחֹתִי אָ֑תְּ).

† [מַכָּר] n.m. acquaintance, friend (dub., cf. Benzad loc.);—sf. מַכָּרוֹ 2 K 12:6; pl. sf. מַכָּרֵיכֶם v 8.

† מִמְסָךְ n.m. mixed drink (v. מָסָךְ);—מִמְסָ֑ךְ Pr 23:30 mixed (wine), as beverage; Is 65:11 as libation to Menî.

† [סָבַךְ] vb. interweave (‖ form to שׂבך q.v.);— Qal Pt. pass. pl. סִירִים סְבֻבִים Na 1:10 interwoven (entangled) thorns (cf. Da); GunkelZAW xiii (1893), 235 proposes (after 𝔊 𝔗 Vollers) כְּסוּחִים i.e. cut off, away (Is 33:12) cf. Now; text very dub. Pu. Impf. 3 mpl. עַל־גַּל שָׁרָשָׁיו יְסֻבָּ֑כוּ Jb 8:17 are interwoven (in a tangled mass).

† [רֵעָה] n.f. companion, attendant;—of maidens, pl. sf. רֵעוֹתָ֑י Ju 11:37 Qr (> Kt רעיתי), רֵעוֹתֶיהָ v 38 ψ 45:15.

† [שָׁלַב] vb. Pu. be bound, joined (NH Pu. = BH; שְׁלִיבָה rung of ladder; Aramaic שְׁלִיבִין appar. only 1 K 7:28, 29, ܫܰܠܒܳܐ ravine, narrow path between mountains; Arabic سَلَبَ is seize, carry off, by force);—Pt. fpl. מְשֻׁלָּבֹת Ex 26:17 tenons joined each to (אֶל) its fellow, 36:22 (both P).

† שַׁעַטְנֵז n.m. mixed stuff (perhaps of Egyptian origin; Kn der. from Copt., saht, woven, + nudj, false (PeyronLex 224. 133), and thinks orig. שַׁעַטְנֹז; 𝔊 has κίβδηλος, spurious);—a kind of cloth forbidden for garments; defined Dt 22:11 by צֶמֶר וּפִשְׁתִּים יַחְדָּו, and Lv 19:19 (H) by כִּלְאַיִם.

† תִּירָ֑ס n.pr.terr. et gent. ‘son’ of Japhet Gn 10:2; 1 Ch 1:5; Θειρας; identified by MeyGesch. d. Alt. i. 260 Di Holz Gunk al. with Gk. Τυρσηνο��, Egypt. Turuša, on coast of Ægean.

ἀλλο-γενής, ές, of another race, LXX+NT+3rd c.AD+

ἀλλό-φῡλος, ον, (φυλή) of another tribe, foreign, LXX+5th c.BC+; in Egypt, settled in another nome, Refs 3rd c.AD+; ἐς ἀλλόφυλον.. χθόναRefs 5th c.BC+alien to man, wild, Refs 1st c.BC+; πόλεμος ἀ. war with foreigners, Refs 1st c.AD+; opposed to ὁμόφυλος, Refs 4th c.BC+alien, not one's own, Refs 5th c.BC+

Ἀντιοχεύς, -έως, ὁ a citizen of Antioch, an Antiochian: Act.6:5.† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

ἁρμόζω, Attic dialect ἁρμόττω, Doric dialect ἁρμόσδω Refs 3rd c.BC+ (ἐφ-); participle ἁρμόσσονRefs 5th c.BC+imperfect ἥρμοζον, Doric dialect ἅρμ-Refs 5th c.BC+: future ἁρμόσωRefs 5th c.BC+: aorist ἥρμοσαRefs 8th c.BC+, Doric dialect ἅρμοξαRefs 5th c.BC+ (συν-): perfect ἥρμοκαRefs 4th c.BC+:— middle, Epic dialect imperative ἁρμόζεοRefs 8th c.BC+ -όζου Refs 4th c.BC+: future -όσομαιRefs 2nd c.AD+: aorist ἡρμοσάμηνRefs 5th c.BC+, Doric dialect ἁρμοξάμηνRefs 7th c.BC+: —passive, perfect ἥρμοσμαιRefs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect ἅρμοσμαιRefs 5th c.BC+; Doric dialect infinitive ἁρμόχθαιRefs 1st c.BC+; Doric dialect 3rd.pers.singular ἅρμοκταιRefs 5th c.AD+: aorist ἡρμόσθηνRefs 5th c.BC+, Doric dialect ἁρμόχθηνRefs 3rd c.AD+: future ἁρμοσθήσομαιRefs 5th c.BC+:—fit together, join, especially of joiner's work, ἥρμοσεν ἀλλήλοισιν (i.e. τὰ δοῦρα) Refs 8th c.BC+ (also in middle, put together, ἁρμόζεο χαλκῷ εὐρεῖαν σχεδίηνRefs 5th c.BC+; ἁ. πόδα ἐπὶ γαίας plant foot on ground, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐν ἁσυχαία βάσει βάσιν ἅρμοσαι (aorist imperative middle) Refs 5th c.BC+kiss, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἁ. ψαλίοις ἵππους furnish them with.., Refs __b generally, adapt, accommodate, ἁ. δίκην εἰς ἕκαστον award each his just due, Refs 6th c.BC+; σφισὶν βίοτον ἁ. accord them life, Refs 5th c.BC+; apply a remedy, Refs 5th c.BC+; make ready, τοὐπτάνιονRefs:—middle, accommodate, suit oneself, πρὸς τὴν παροῦσαν πάντοθ᾽ ἁρμόζου τύχην Philem.[same place]; πρός τιναRefs 2nd c.AD+; ἁ. σύνεσιν acquire it, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 of marriage, betroth, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἁ. γάμον, γάμους,Refs 5th c.BC+:—middle, betroth to oneself, take to wife, τὴν θυγατέρα τινόςRefs 5th c.BC+ (but middle = active, NT+2nd c.AD+passive, ἁρμόσθαι θυγατέρα τινὸς γυναῖκα have her betrothed or married to one, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡς ἐκείνῳ τῇδέ τ᾽ ἦν ἡρμοσμένα as troth was plighted between him and her, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 bind fast, ἁ. τινὰ ἐν ἄρκυσιRefs 5th c.BC+ __4 set in order, regulate, govern, στρατόνRefs 5th c.BC+:—passive, [νόμοις] οὐκ ἄλλοισιν ἁρμοσθήσεταιRefs 5th c.BC+; κονδύλοις ἡρμοττόμην I was ruled or drilled with cuffs, Refs 5th c.BC+ __4.b in the Spartan Constitution, act as harmost, ἐν ταῖς πόλεσινRefs 5th c.BC+ __5 in Music, tune instruments, τὸ σύμφωνονRefs 5th c.BC+:—middle, ἁρμόττεσθαι ἁρμονίανRefs; ἁ. λύραν tune one's lyre,Refs 5th c.BC+ adapt them to a subject, Refs 4th c.BC+:—passive, of the lyre, ἡρμόσθαι to be tuned,Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁμονοητικὴ καὶ ἡρμοσμένη ψυχή at harmony with itself, Refs __6 compose, ᾆσμαRefs 2nd c.AD+ __II intransitive, fit well, of clothes or armour, ἥρμοσε δ᾽ αὐτῷ [θώρηξ] Refs 8th c.BC+; ἆρ᾽ ἁρμόσει μοι (i.e. τὰ ὑποδήματα); Refs 5th c.BC+; τοῖς τρόποις ἁ. ὥσπερ περὶ πόδα fit like a shoe, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.b in Mathematics texts, coincide with, with dative, Refs 3rd c.AD+; correspond, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __II.2 suit, be adapted for, τινίRefs 5th c.BC+; τόδ᾽ οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄλλον ἁρμόσει shall not be adapted to another, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴς τι, πρός τι, Refs 5th c.BC+; of medicines, Refs 1st c.AD+; of an argument, apply, Refs 4th c.BC+is applicable, Refs __II.3 impersonal, ἁρμόζει it is fitting, with accusative et infinitive, σιγᾶν ἂν ἁρμόζοι σεRefs 5th c.BC+: c.infinitive only, λόγους οὓς ἁρμόσει λέγεινRefs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 participle ἁρμόζων, ουσα, ον, fitting, suitable, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ ἁρμόζουσα ἀπόφασις the appropriate verdict, Refs 3rd c.BC+ Praef.; ἀλλήλοιςRefs 5th c.BC+ __II.5 to be in tune, λύραν ἐπίτειν᾽ ἕως ἂν ἁρμόσῃRefs 3rd c.BC+

Asiatic , Refs 5th c.BC, etc. also Ἀσιάτης, feminine Ἀσιᾶτις, Ionic Ἀσιήτης Ἀσιῆτις, 6th/5th c.BC, Refs 5th c.BC (Middle Liddel)

Βεροιαῖος, -α, -ον, Berœan: Act.20:4.† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

Γαλάτης, -ου, ὁ (originally syn. with cl. Κέλτης; cf. 1Ma.8:2, and see next word), a Galatian: Gal.3:1.† (From Abbott-Smith. LSJ has no entry)

δωδεκά-φῡλος, ον, of twelve tribes, τὸ δ. the twelve tribes of Israel, NT